1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "dummy-frame.h"
66 #include "gdbsupport/format.h"
67 #include "thread-fsm.h"
68 #include "tid-parse.h"
69 #include "cli/cli-style.h"
71 /* readline include files */
72 #include "readline/tilde.h"
74 /* readline defines this. */
77 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
78 #include "extension.h"
80 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
81 #include "gdbsupport/array-view.h"
82 #include "gdbsupport/gdb_optional.h"
84 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
86 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
87 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)>);
89 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
92 create_sals_from_location_default (struct event_location
*location
,
93 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
94 enum bptype type_wanted
);
96 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
97 struct linespec_result
*,
98 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
99 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
101 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
103 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
104 int, int, int, unsigned);
106 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_default
107 (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
108 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
110 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
111 (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
);
113 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
115 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
117 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
118 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
119 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
121 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
123 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
124 struct symtab_and_line
,
126 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
128 static struct breakpoint
*
129 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
131 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
134 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
136 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
140 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
141 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
142 struct obj_section
*, int);
144 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
145 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
147 static int breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
148 struct bp_location
*loc2
,
149 bool sw_hw_bps_match
= false);
151 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
152 const struct address_space
*aspace
,
155 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
156 const address_space
*,
159 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
160 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
162 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
164 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
166 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
168 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
170 int *other_type_used
);
172 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
175 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
177 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
179 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
180 insert locations now. */
181 enum ugll_insert_mode
183 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
184 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
185 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
186 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
187 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
188 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
189 returns true on them.
191 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
192 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
193 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
194 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
195 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
196 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
200 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
201 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
204 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
205 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
206 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
207 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
208 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
209 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
210 as no thread is running yet. */
214 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
216 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
218 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
220 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
222 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
224 static bool is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
226 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
229 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
231 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
232 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
233 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
234 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
236 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
237 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
239 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
240 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
242 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
244 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
246 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
247 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
249 /* Tracepoints set on probes. */
250 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
252 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
253 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
255 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
256 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
257 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
258 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
259 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
260 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
262 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
263 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
264 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
265 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
271 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
273 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
274 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
275 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
276 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
278 static char *dprintf_function
;
280 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
281 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
282 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
283 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
284 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
285 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
286 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
288 static char *dprintf_channel
;
290 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
292 static bool disconnected_dprintf
= true;
294 struct command_line
*
295 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
297 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
300 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
301 current breakpoint. */
303 static bool breakpoint_proceeded
;
306 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
308 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
309 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
311 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
313 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
316 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
317 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
318 if such is available. */
319 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
322 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
323 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
326 fprintf_filtered (file
,
327 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
328 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
332 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
333 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
334 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
335 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
336 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
338 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
339 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
342 fprintf_filtered (file
,
343 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
344 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
348 /* If true, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
349 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
350 If false, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
351 use hardware breakpoints. */
352 static bool automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
354 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
355 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
358 fprintf_filtered (file
,
359 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
363 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
364 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
365 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
366 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
367 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
368 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
369 processing user input. */
370 static bool always_inserted_mode
= false;
373 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
374 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
376 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
380 /* See breakpoint.h. */
383 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
385 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
387 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
388 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
389 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
394 if (always_inserted_mode
)
396 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
401 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
402 if (inf
->has_execution ()
403 && threads_are_executing (inf
->process_target ()))
406 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
407 stopped, we still have events to process. */
408 for (thread_info
*tp
: all_non_exited_threads ())
410 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
416 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
418 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
419 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
420 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
421 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
422 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
423 condition_evaluation_auto
,
424 condition_evaluation_host
,
425 condition_evaluation_target
,
429 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
430 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
432 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
433 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
434 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
436 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
437 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
438 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
442 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
444 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
446 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
447 return condition_evaluation_target
;
449 return condition_evaluation_host
;
455 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
458 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
460 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
463 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
467 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
469 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
471 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
474 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
475 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
477 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
478 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
480 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
481 bool target_exact_watchpoints
= false;
483 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
484 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
485 current breakpoint. */
487 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
488 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
489 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
492 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
494 static struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
496 /* See breakpoint.h. */
501 return breakpoint_range (breakpoint_chain
);
504 /* See breakpoint.h. */
506 breakpoint_safe_range
507 all_breakpoints_safe ()
509 return breakpoint_safe_range (all_breakpoints ());
512 /* See breakpoint.h. */
517 return tracepoint_range (breakpoint_chain
);
520 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_is_less_than - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
522 static std::vector
<bp_location
*> bp_locations
;
524 static const std::vector
<bp_location
*> &
530 /* Range to iterate over breakpoint locations at a given address. */
532 struct bp_locations_at_addr_range
534 using iterator
= std::vector
<bp_location
*>::iterator
;
536 bp_locations_at_addr_range (CORE_ADDR addr
)
540 bool operator() (const bp_location
*loc
, CORE_ADDR addr_
) const
541 { return loc
->address
< addr_
; }
543 bool operator() (CORE_ADDR addr_
, const bp_location
*loc
) const
544 { return addr_
< loc
->address
; }
547 auto it_pair
= std::equal_range (bp_locations
.begin (), bp_locations
.end (),
550 m_begin
= it_pair
.first
;
551 m_end
= it_pair
.second
;
554 iterator
begin () const
557 iterator
end () const
565 /* Return a range to iterate over all breakpoint locations exactly at address
568 If it's needed to iterate multiple times on the same range, it's possible
569 to save the range in a local variable and use it multiple times:
571 auto range = all_bp_locations_at_addr (addr);
573 for (bp_location *loc : range)
576 for (bp_location *loc : range)
579 This saves a bit of time, as it avoids re-doing the binary searches to find
580 the range's boundaries. Just remember not to change the bp_locations vector
581 in the mean time, as it could make the range's iterators stale. */
583 static bp_locations_at_addr_range
584 all_bp_locations_at_addr (CORE_ADDR addr
)
586 return bp_locations_at_addr_range (addr
);
589 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
590 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
591 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
592 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
593 an address you need to read. */
595 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
597 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
598 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
599 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
600 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
601 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
603 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
605 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
606 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
607 reported by a target. */
608 static std::vector
<bp_location
*> moribund_locations
;
610 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
612 static int breakpoint_count
;
614 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
615 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
616 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
617 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
618 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
620 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
622 static int tracepoint_count
;
624 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
625 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
626 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
628 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
631 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
634 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
635 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
641 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
643 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
645 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
648 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
651 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
653 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
654 breakpoint_count
= num
;
655 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
658 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
659 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
660 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
662 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
665 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
667 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
670 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
673 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
675 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
678 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
681 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
683 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
688 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
689 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
692 get_breakpoint (int num
)
694 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
695 if (b
->number
== num
)
703 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
704 evaluating conditions on its side. */
707 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
709 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
710 evaluating conditions and if the user has
711 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
713 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
714 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
717 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
720 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
721 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
724 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
725 evaluating conditions on its side. */
728 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
730 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
731 evaluating conditions and if the user has
732 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
734 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
735 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
739 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
742 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
745 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
746 condition_evaluation_mode. */
749 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
750 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
752 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
754 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
755 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
757 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
758 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
759 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
763 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
764 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
766 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
767 settings was "auto". */
768 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
770 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
771 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
773 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
774 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
776 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
777 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
780 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
782 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
784 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
785 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
789 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
790 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
791 target knows about. */
792 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
793 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
794 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
798 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
804 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
805 what "auto" is translating to. */
808 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
809 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
811 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
812 fprintf_filtered (file
,
813 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
814 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
816 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
818 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
822 /* Parse COND_STRING in the context of LOC and set as the condition
823 expression of LOC. BP_NUM is the number of LOC's owner, LOC_NUM is
824 the number of LOC within its owner. In case of parsing error, mark
825 LOC as DISABLED_BY_COND. In case of success, unset DISABLED_BY_COND. */
828 set_breakpoint_location_condition (const char *cond_string
, bp_location
*loc
,
829 int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
831 bool has_junk
= false;
834 expression_up new_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&cond_string
, loc
->address
,
835 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
836 if (*cond_string
!= 0)
840 loc
->cond
= std::move (new_exp
);
841 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& loc
->enabled
)
842 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is now valid at "
843 "location %d, enabling.\n"),
846 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= false;
849 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
853 /* Warn if a user-enabled location is now becoming disabled-by-cond.
854 BP_NUM is 0 if the breakpoint is being defined for the first
855 time using the "break ... if ..." command, and non-zero if
858 warning (_("failed to validate condition at location %d.%d, "
859 "disabling:\n %s"), bp_num
, loc_num
, e
.what ());
861 warning (_("failed to validate condition at location %d, "
862 "disabling:\n %s"), loc_num
, e
.what ());
865 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= true;
869 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), cond_string
);
873 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
874 int from_tty
, bool force
)
878 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
879 b
->cond_string
= nullptr;
881 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
882 static_cast<watchpoint
*> (b
)->cond_exp
.reset ();
886 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
889 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& loc
->enabled
)
890 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is now valid at "
891 "location %d, enabling.\n"),
893 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= false;
896 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
897 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
898 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
903 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
907 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
909 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
910 const char *arg
= exp
;
911 expression_up new_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
913 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
914 watchpoint
*w
= static_cast<watchpoint
*> (b
);
915 w
->cond_exp
= std::move (new_exp
);
916 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
920 /* Parse and set condition expressions. We make two passes.
921 In the first, we parse the condition string to see if it
922 is valid in at least one location. If so, the condition
923 would be accepted. So we go ahead and set the locations'
924 conditions. In case no valid case is found, we throw
925 the error and the condition string will be rejected.
926 This two-pass approach is taken to avoid setting the
927 state of locations in case of a reject. */
928 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
932 const char *arg
= exp
;
933 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
934 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
936 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
939 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
941 /* Condition string is invalid. If this happens to
942 be the last loc, abandon (if not forced) or continue
944 if (loc
->next
== nullptr && !force
)
949 /* If we reach here, the condition is valid at some locations. */
951 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
953 set_breakpoint_location_condition (exp
, loc
, b
->number
, loc_num
);
958 /* We know that the new condition parsed successfully. The
959 condition string of the breakpoint can be safely updated. */
960 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
961 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (exp
);
962 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
964 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
966 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
969 /* See breakpoint.h. */
972 set_breakpoint_condition (int bpnum
, const char *exp
, int from_tty
,
975 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
976 if (b
->number
== bpnum
)
978 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
979 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
980 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
981 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
982 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
986 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
987 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
988 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
990 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, exp
, from_tty
, force
);
992 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
993 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
998 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bpnum
);
1001 /* The options for the "condition" command. */
1003 struct condition_command_opts
1006 bool force_condition
= false;
1009 static const gdb::option::option_def condition_command_option_defs
[] = {
1011 gdb::option::flag_option_def
<condition_command_opts
> {
1013 [] (condition_command_opts
*opts
) { return &opts
->force_condition
; },
1014 N_("Set the condition even if it is invalid for all current locations."),
1019 /* Create an option_def_group for the "condition" options, with
1020 CC_OPTS as context. */
1022 static inline gdb::option::option_def_group
1023 make_condition_command_options_def_group (condition_command_opts
*cc_opts
)
1025 return {{condition_command_option_defs
}, cc_opts
};
1028 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1031 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1032 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
1033 const char *text
, const char * /*word*/)
1035 bool has_no_arguments
= (*text
== '\0');
1036 condition_command_opts cc_opts
;
1037 const auto group
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (&cc_opts
);
1038 if (gdb::option::complete_options
1039 (tracker
, &text
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_ERROR
, group
))
1042 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
1043 const char *space
= skip_to_space (text
);
1050 tracker
.advance_custom_word_point_by (1);
1051 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1052 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
1053 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
1057 /* Suggest the "-force" flag if no arguments are given. If
1058 arguments were passed, they either already include the flag,
1059 or we are beyond the point of suggesting it because it's
1060 positionally the first argument. */
1061 if (has_no_arguments
)
1062 gdb::option::complete_on_all_options (tracker
, group
);
1064 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1065 len
= strlen (text
);
1067 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
1071 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1073 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1074 tracker
.add_completion (make_unique_xstrdup (number
));
1080 /* We're completing the expression part. Skip the breakpoint num. */
1081 const char *exp_start
= skip_spaces (space
);
1082 tracker
.advance_custom_word_point_by (exp_start
- text
);
1084 const char *word
= advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker
, text
);
1085 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
1088 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1091 condition_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1097 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1101 /* Check if the "-force" flag was passed. */
1102 condition_command_opts cc_opts
;
1103 const auto group
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (&cc_opts
);
1104 gdb::option::process_options
1105 (&p
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_ERROR
, group
);
1107 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1109 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1111 set_breakpoint_condition (bnum
, p
, from_tty
, cc_opts
.force_condition
);
1114 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1115 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1116 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1119 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1121 struct command_line
*c
;
1123 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1125 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1126 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1127 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1129 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_0
.get ());
1130 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_1
.get ());
1132 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1133 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1134 command directly. */
1135 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1136 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1138 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1139 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1143 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public breakpoint
1145 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1148 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1151 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1153 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1154 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1155 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1159 is_longjmp_type (bptype type
)
1161 return type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
;
1164 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1167 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1169 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1172 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1175 static std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
>
1176 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type
)
1180 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
1181 b
= new tracepoint ();
1182 else if (is_longjmp_type (type
))
1183 b
= new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1185 b
= new breakpoint ();
1187 return std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> (b
);
1190 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1191 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1195 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1196 struct command_line
*commands
)
1198 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1200 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1201 struct command_line
*c
;
1202 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1204 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1205 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1209 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1210 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1211 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1212 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1213 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1214 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1215 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1216 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1217 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1218 tracepoint's context. */
1219 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1221 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1223 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1224 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1225 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1226 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1227 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1228 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1231 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1232 "can be used only once"));
1237 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1241 struct command_line
*c2
;
1243 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_list_1
== nullptr);
1244 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list_0
.get ();
1245 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1247 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1248 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1254 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1258 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1259 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1261 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
1262 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1264 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> found
;
1266 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
1267 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1269 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
1270 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1271 found
.push_back (b
);
1277 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1278 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1281 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1282 counted_command_line
&&commands
)
1284 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1286 b
->commands
= std::move (commands
);
1287 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1290 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1291 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1295 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1297 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1300 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1301 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1304 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1305 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1308 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1310 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1313 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1314 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1317 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1318 breakpoint work for any task. */
1321 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1323 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1326 if (old_task
!= task
)
1327 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1331 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1332 struct command_line
*control
)
1334 counted_command_line cmd
;
1335 /* cmd_read will be true once we have read cmd. Note that cmd might still be
1336 NULL after the call to read_command_lines if the user provides an empty
1337 list of command by just typing "end". */
1338 bool cmd_read
= false;
1340 std::string new_arg
;
1342 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1344 /* Argument not explicitly given. Synthesize it. */
1345 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1346 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1348 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1349 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1353 /* Create a copy of ARG. This is needed because the "commands"
1354 command may be coming from a script. In that case, the read
1355 line buffer is going to be overwritten in the lambda of
1356 'map_breakpoint_numbers' below when reading the next line
1357 before we are are done parsing the breakpoint numbers. */
1360 arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1362 map_breakpoint_numbers
1363 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
1367 gdb_assert (cmd
== NULL
);
1368 if (control
!= NULL
)
1369 cmd
= control
->body_list_0
;
1373 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1374 "%s, one per line."),
1377 auto do_validate
= [=] (const char *line
)
1379 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1381 gdb::function_view
<void (const char *)> validator
;
1382 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1383 validator
= do_validate
;
1385 cmd
= read_command_lines (str
.c_str (), from_tty
, 1, validator
);
1390 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1392 if (b
->commands
!= cmd
)
1394 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, cmd
.get ());
1396 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1402 commands_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1404 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1407 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1408 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1410 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1411 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1412 enum command_control_type
1413 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1415 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1416 return simple_control
;
1419 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1422 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1424 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1428 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1429 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1434 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1435 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1438 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1439 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1440 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1443 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1444 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1445 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1446 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1447 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1449 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1450 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1454 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1455 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1457 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1461 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1463 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1464 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1466 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1468 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1473 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1475 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1480 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1481 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1483 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1484 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1485 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1489 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1491 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1492 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1495 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1497 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1498 shadow_contents buffer. */
1499 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1500 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1501 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1503 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1505 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1506 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1510 const unsigned char *bp
;
1511 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1514 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1515 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1516 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1518 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1520 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1522 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1523 breakpoint's INSN. */
1524 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1528 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1529 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1531 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1532 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1533 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1535 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1536 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1537 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1538 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1539 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1540 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1541 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1542 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1544 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1547 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1548 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1549 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1551 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1553 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1555 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1556 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1557 report higher one. */
1560 bc_r
= bp_locations
.size ();
1561 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1563 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1565 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1566 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1568 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1569 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1570 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1571 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1573 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1574 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1575 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1577 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1579 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1586 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1587 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1588 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1589 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1590 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1593 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1595 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1596 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1597 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1600 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1603 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1605 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations
.size (); bc
++)
1607 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1609 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1610 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1611 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1614 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1617 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1618 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1619 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1622 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1625 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1626 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1630 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1633 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1635 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1636 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1637 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1640 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1643 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1645 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1646 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1647 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1650 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1653 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1655 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1656 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1659 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1660 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1661 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1662 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1663 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1664 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1665 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1666 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1669 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1671 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1672 && (b
->watchpoint_thread
== null_ptid
1673 || (inferior_ptid
== b
->watchpoint_thread
1674 && !inferior_thread ()->executing
)));
1677 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1678 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1681 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1683 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1685 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1686 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1687 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1688 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1689 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1691 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1694 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1697 static struct value
*
1698 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1700 struct value
*bit_val
;
1705 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1707 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1710 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1717 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1718 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1719 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1720 to be able to report stops. */
1723 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1724 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1726 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1728 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1729 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1730 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1731 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1734 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1735 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1738 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1740 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1742 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1743 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1744 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1747 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1748 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1749 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1750 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1752 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1754 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1755 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1758 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1759 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1760 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1761 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1762 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1763 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1764 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1765 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1767 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1768 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1769 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1770 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1771 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1772 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1773 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1774 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1777 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1778 hardware watchpoints:
1780 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1781 called several times when GDB stops.
1784 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1785 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1786 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1787 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1788 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1789 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1790 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1791 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1792 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1793 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1794 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1796 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1797 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1800 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1802 int within_current_scope
;
1803 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1806 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1807 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1808 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1809 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1812 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1817 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1818 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1819 within_current_scope
= 1;
1822 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1823 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1824 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1826 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1827 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1828 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1829 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1830 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1833 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1834 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1835 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1836 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1839 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1841 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1842 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1843 if (within_current_scope
)
1847 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1848 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1849 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1852 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1857 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1858 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1859 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1860 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1861 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1862 be completely different objects. */
1864 b
->val_valid
= false;
1866 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1867 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1868 locations (re)created below. */
1869 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1871 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1874 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1878 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1879 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1880 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1881 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1882 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1883 if (!target_has_execution ())
1885 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1886 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1887 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1888 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1890 if (b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1891 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1893 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1894 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1897 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1899 std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> val_chain
;
1900 struct value
*v
, *result
;
1901 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1903 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), b
->exp
->op
.get (), &v
, &result
,
1906 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1907 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1908 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1909 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1910 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1912 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1914 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1915 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1916 b
->val
= release_value (v
);
1917 b
->val_valid
= true;
1920 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1922 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1923 gdb_assert (!val_chain
.empty ());
1924 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: val_chain
)
1928 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1929 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1930 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1931 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1932 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1933 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1934 && (v
== val_chain
[0] || ! value_lazy (v
)))
1936 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1938 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1939 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1940 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1942 || (vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1943 && vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1946 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1947 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1948 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1950 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1952 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1954 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1955 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1957 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1959 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1960 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1961 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1962 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1963 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1966 addr
= value_address (v
);
1969 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1974 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1976 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1979 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1980 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1983 loc
->gdbarch
= value_type (v
)->arch ();
1985 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1986 loc
->address
= address_significant (loc
->gdbarch
, addr
);
1990 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1991 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
1994 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1996 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2001 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2002 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2003 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2008 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2010 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2014 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2017 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2018 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2019 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2021 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2022 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2023 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2024 this watchpoint in as well. */
2026 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2027 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2028 hardware watchpoint type. */
2030 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2031 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2033 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2034 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2035 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2036 through watch_command), so always account for it
2039 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2040 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2042 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2043 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
2046 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2047 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2049 int sw_mode
= b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
);
2051 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2052 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2053 "hardware watchpoint."));
2054 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2055 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2056 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2058 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2059 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2063 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2064 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2065 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2070 else if (!b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
2072 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2073 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2074 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2076 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2077 "read/access watchpoint."));
2080 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2082 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2083 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2084 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
2085 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2088 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2089 above left it without any location set up. But,
2090 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2091 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2092 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
2093 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
2095 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2097 printf_filtered (_("\
2098 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2099 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2101 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2104 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2106 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2110 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2111 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2112 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2113 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2114 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2116 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2118 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2121 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2124 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->disabled_by_cond
2125 || bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2128 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2131 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2132 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2133 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2134 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2135 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2136 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2137 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2138 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2139 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2142 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2143 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2144 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2146 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2147 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2148 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2150 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2151 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2152 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2153 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2154 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2155 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2156 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2157 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2158 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2160 infrun_debug_printf ("skipping breakpoint: stepping past insn at: %s",
2161 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2165 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2166 instruction that triggered one. */
2167 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2168 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2170 infrun_debug_printf ("stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2171 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d",
2172 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
), bl
->length
);
2179 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2180 that the location is not duplicated. */
2183 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2186 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2189 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2190 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2194 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2195 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2196 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2197 any error during parsing. */
2199 static agent_expr_up
2200 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2205 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2207 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2208 that may show up. */
2211 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2214 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2216 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2217 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2218 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2221 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2225 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2226 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2227 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2228 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2229 one of them is true. */
2232 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2234 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2235 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2237 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2238 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2240 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2241 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2242 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2244 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2245 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2248 auto loc_range
= all_bp_locations_at_addr (bl
->address
);
2250 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2251 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent
2252 expression bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to
2253 send conditions to the target since this location will always
2254 trigger and generate a response back to GDB. Note we consider
2255 all locations at the same address irrespective of type, i.e.,
2256 even if the locations aren't considered duplicates (e.g.,
2257 software breakpoint and hardware breakpoint at the same
2259 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2261 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2265 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2266 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2267 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2268 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2269 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2273 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2274 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2275 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2277 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2283 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2284 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2285 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2287 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2288 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2289 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2291 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2293 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2295 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2297 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2300 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2305 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a
2306 condition list for this location's address. If we have software
2307 and hardware locations at the same address, they aren't
2308 considered duplicates, but we still marge all the conditions
2309 anyway, as it's simpler, and doesn't really make a practical
2311 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2313 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2314 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2315 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2317 && !loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
2319 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2320 to send the conditions to the target. */
2321 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2327 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2328 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2329 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2331 static agent_expr_up
2332 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2334 const char *cmdrest
;
2335 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2336 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2343 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2345 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2347 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2348 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2350 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2352 format_pieces
fpieces (&cmdrest
);
2354 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2356 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2357 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2359 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2361 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2362 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2364 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2366 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2368 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2370 std::vector
<struct expression
*> argvec
;
2371 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2376 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2377 argvec
.push_back (expr
.release ());
2379 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2383 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2385 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2386 that may show up. */
2389 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2390 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2391 argvec
.size (), argvec
.data ());
2393 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2395 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2396 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2397 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2400 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2404 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2405 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2406 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2409 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2411 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2412 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2414 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2415 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2417 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2420 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2421 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2424 auto loc_range
= all_bp_locations_at_addr (bl
->address
);
2426 /* For now, if we have any location at the same address that isn't a
2427 dprintf, don't install the target-side commands, as that would
2428 make the breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2430 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2431 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2432 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2433 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2436 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2437 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2438 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2439 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2440 response back to GDB. */
2441 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2443 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2447 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2448 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2449 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2450 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2452 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2453 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2456 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2457 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2458 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2460 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2466 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2468 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2470 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2471 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2472 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2474 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2476 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2479 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2483 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command
2484 list for all duplicate locations at this location's address.
2485 Note that here we must care for whether the breakpoint location
2486 types are considered duplicates, otherwise, say, if we have a
2487 software and hardware location at the same address, the target
2488 could end up running the commands twice. For the moment, we only
2489 support targets-side commands with dprintf, but it doesn't hurt
2490 to be pedantically correct in case that changes. */
2491 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2492 if (breakpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
)
2493 && loc
->owner
->extra_string
2494 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2495 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2496 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2498 && !loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
2500 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2501 to send the commands to the target. */
2502 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2505 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2506 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2507 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2508 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2511 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2512 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2513 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2517 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2519 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2521 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2522 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2524 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
);
2526 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2530 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2533 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2534 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2535 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2536 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2539 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2540 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2542 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2543 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2544 int *disabled_breaks
,
2545 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2546 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2548 gdb_exception bp_excpt
;
2550 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2553 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2554 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2555 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2556 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2557 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2558 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2559 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2560 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2561 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2562 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2563 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2564 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2566 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2567 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2568 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2569 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2571 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2573 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2574 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2575 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2576 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2579 /* If "set breakpoint auto-hw" is "on" and a software breakpoint was
2580 set at a read-only address, then a breakpoint location will have
2581 been changed to hardware breakpoint before we get here. If it is
2582 "off" however, error out before actually trying to insert the
2583 breakpoint, with a nicer error message. */
2584 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2585 && !automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2587 mem_region
*mr
= lookup_mem_region (bl
->address
);
2589 if (mr
!= nullptr && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2591 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2592 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2593 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2594 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2596 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2601 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2602 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2604 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2605 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2606 || bl
->section
== NULL
2607 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2609 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2614 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2616 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2618 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2620 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2625 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2626 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2627 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2629 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2630 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2631 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2632 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2633 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2637 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2639 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2640 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2641 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2643 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2648 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2649 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2650 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2651 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2652 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2655 = gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2657 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2659 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2662 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2663 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2664 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2665 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2669 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2670 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2672 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2677 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2679 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2681 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2683 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2688 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2689 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2694 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2696 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2698 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2699 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2700 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2701 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2702 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2703 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2704 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2705 errors as memory errors. */
2706 if (bp_excpt
.reason
== RETURN_ERROR
2707 && (bp_excpt
.error
== GENERIC_ERROR
2708 || bp_excpt
.error
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2709 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2710 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2711 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2714 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2715 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2716 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bl
->owner
);
2717 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2719 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2720 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2722 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2723 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2724 "library breakpoints:\n");
2726 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2727 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2728 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2733 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2735 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2736 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
;
2737 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2738 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2740 bp_excpt
.message
? ":" : ".\n");
2741 if (bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
)
2742 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n",
2747 if (bp_excpt
.message
== NULL
)
2750 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2751 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2753 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2754 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2756 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2760 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2761 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2776 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2777 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2778 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2779 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2783 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2784 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2786 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2788 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2789 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2790 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2792 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2793 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2795 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
2797 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2798 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2802 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2803 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2810 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2811 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2814 /* Back to the original value. */
2815 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2819 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2822 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2826 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2827 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2829 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2832 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2836 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2837 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2839 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2842 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2844 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2845 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2846 so just return success. */
2853 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2854 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2858 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2860 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2861 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
2862 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2863 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2865 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2866 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2867 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
2869 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2871 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2873 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2874 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2875 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2877 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2878 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2880 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2886 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2887 removed locations above. */
2888 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2891 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2892 Throws exception on any error.
2893 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2894 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2896 insert_breakpoints (void)
2898 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
2899 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2901 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2903 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2906 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2907 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2908 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. Also,
2909 update_global_location_list tries to "upgrade" software
2910 breakpoints to hardware breakpoints to handle "set breakpoint
2911 auto-hw", so we need to call it even if we don't have new
2913 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
2916 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2919 iterate_over_bp_locations (gdb::function_view
<void (bp_location
*)> callback
)
2921 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
2925 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2926 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2927 always-inserted mode. */
2930 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2934 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2935 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2936 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2938 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2940 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2941 there was an error. */
2942 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2944 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2946 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
2948 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2950 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2953 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2954 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2955 deletion of breakpoints. */
2956 if (!bl
->inserted
|| !bl
->needs_update
)
2959 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2961 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2962 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2963 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2964 insert breakpoints. */
2965 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2966 && (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ()))
2969 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2970 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2977 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2978 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2982 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2985 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2989 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2990 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2991 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2993 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2995 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2996 there was an error. */
2997 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2999 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3001 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3003 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3006 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3007 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3008 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3009 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3010 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3013 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3015 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3016 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3017 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3018 insert breakpoints. */
3019 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3020 && (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ()))
3023 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3024 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3029 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3030 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3031 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
3033 int some_failed
= 0;
3035 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3038 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3041 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3044 for (bp_location
*loc
: bpt
->locations ())
3045 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3053 for (bp_location
*loc
: bpt
->locations ())
3055 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3057 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3058 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3059 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3067 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3068 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3069 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3071 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3072 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3074 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3075 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3079 /* Used when the program stops.
3080 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3081 removing a breakpoint location. */
3084 remove_breakpoints (void)
3088 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3090 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3091 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3096 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3100 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3102 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
3104 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3106 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3108 printf_filtered (_("\
3109 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3110 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3112 /* Hide it from the user. */
3118 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3121 remove_breakpoints_inf (inferior
*inf
)
3125 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3127 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3130 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3132 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3139 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3141 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3142 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3143 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3144 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3145 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3146 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3148 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3151 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3154 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3155 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3159 static struct breakpoint
*
3160 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3161 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3162 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3164 symtab_and_line sal
;
3166 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3167 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3169 breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3170 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3171 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3176 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3178 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3180 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3182 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3183 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3185 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3186 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
{};
3188 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3189 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
] {};
3191 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3192 int longjmp_searched
= 0;
3194 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3196 std::vector
<probe
*> longjmp_probes
;
3198 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3199 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
{};
3201 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3202 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
{};
3204 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3205 int exception_searched
= 0;
3207 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3209 std::vector
<probe
*> exception_probes
;
3212 static const struct objfile_key
<breakpoint_objfile_data
>
3213 breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3215 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3216 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3218 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3221 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3223 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3226 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3227 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3229 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3230 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3232 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3234 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.get (objfile
);
3235 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3236 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.emplace (objfile
);
3237 return bp_objfile_data
;
3241 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3243 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3245 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3247 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3248 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3250 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3252 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3254 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3257 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3259 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3261 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3262 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3264 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3265 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3268 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3271 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3272 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (objfile
->arch (), addr
,
3274 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3275 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3276 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3277 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3279 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3281 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3282 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3286 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3287 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3292 /* Install a master longjmp breakpoint for OBJFILE using a probe. Return
3293 true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3296 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_probe (objfile
*objfile
)
3298 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3299 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3300 = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3302 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3304 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3305 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3309 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3312 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3314 /* We cannot use the probe interface here,
3315 because it does not know how to evaluate
3320 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3321 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3324 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
.empty ())
3327 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
)
3329 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3331 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3332 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3334 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3335 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3336 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3342 /* Install master longjmp breakpoints for OBJFILE using longjmp_names.
3343 Return true if at least one breakpoint was installed. */
3346 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_names (objfile
*objfile
)
3348 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3349 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3352 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3353 = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3354 unsigned int installed_bp
= 0;
3356 for (int i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3358 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3359 const char *func_name
;
3361 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3363 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3366 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3367 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3369 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3371 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3372 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3374 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3375 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3378 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3381 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3382 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3383 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3384 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3385 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3386 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3387 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3391 return installed_bp
> 0;
3394 /* Create a master longjmp breakpoint. */
3397 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3399 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3401 for (struct program_space
*pspace
: program_spaces
)
3403 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3405 for (objfile
*obj
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3407 /* Skip separate debug object, it's handled in the loop below. */
3408 if (obj
->separate_debug_objfile_backlink
!= nullptr)
3411 /* Try a probe kind breakpoint on main objfile. */
3412 if (create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_probe (obj
))
3415 /* Try longjmp_names kind breakpoints on main and separate_debug
3417 for (objfile
*debug_objfile
: obj
->separate_debug_objfiles ())
3418 if (create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_names (debug_objfile
))
3424 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3426 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3428 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3430 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3432 for (struct program_space
*pspace
: program_spaces
)
3436 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3438 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3440 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3441 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3442 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3444 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3446 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3449 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3451 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3453 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3454 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3455 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3457 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3458 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3461 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3464 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3465 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (objfile
->arch (), addr
,
3466 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3467 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3468 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3469 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3470 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3471 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3476 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook for OBJFILE using a
3477 probe. Return true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3480 create_exception_master_breakpoint_probe (objfile
*objfile
)
3482 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3483 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3484 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3486 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3488 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3489 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3491 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3492 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3496 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3499 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3501 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3502 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3506 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3507 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3510 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
.empty ())
3513 gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3515 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
)
3517 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3518 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3519 bp_exception_master
,
3520 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3521 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3522 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3528 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook for OBJFILE using
3529 _Unwind_DebugHook. Return true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3532 create_exception_master_breakpoint_hook (objfile
*objfile
)
3534 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3535 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3536 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3537 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3539 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3541 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3543 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3546 gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3548 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3550 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3552 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3553 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3555 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3559 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3562 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3563 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr
3564 (gdbarch
, addr
, current_inferior ()->top_target ());
3565 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3566 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3567 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3568 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3569 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3570 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3575 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3578 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3580 for (objfile
*obj
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3582 /* Skip separate debug object. */
3583 if (obj
->separate_debug_objfile_backlink
)
3586 /* Try a probe kind breakpoint. */
3587 if (create_exception_master_breakpoint_probe (obj
))
3590 /* Iterate over main and separate debug objects and try an
3591 _Unwind_DebugHook kind breakpoint. */
3592 for (objfile
*debug_objfile
: obj
->separate_debug_objfiles ())
3593 if (create_exception_master_breakpoint_hook (debug_objfile
))
3598 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3601 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3603 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3607 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3609 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3610 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3611 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3612 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3613 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3614 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3615 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3616 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3617 for (bp_location
*bploc
: all_bp_locations ())
3618 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3619 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3621 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
3623 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3626 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3627 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3629 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3633 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3634 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3636 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3640 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3641 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3642 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3643 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3644 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3646 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3650 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3651 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3653 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3657 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3658 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3660 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3664 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3666 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3667 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3668 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3670 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3674 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3676 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3677 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3678 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3679 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3683 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3684 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3685 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3686 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3687 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3688 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3690 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3691 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3692 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3693 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3694 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3695 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3696 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3698 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3699 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3700 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3701 let finish_command delete it.
3703 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3704 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3705 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3706 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3707 solib breakpoints.) */
3709 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3714 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3715 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3717 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3719 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3726 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3729 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3730 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3732 if (ptid
.pid () == inferior_ptid
.pid ())
3733 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3735 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3736 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3737 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3739 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3742 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3743 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3744 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3745 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3746 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3747 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3748 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3752 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3758 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3759 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3760 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3761 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3762 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3765 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3769 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3770 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3772 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3773 This should not ever happen. */
3774 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3776 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3777 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3779 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3780 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3781 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3783 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3784 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3785 || bl
->section
== NULL
3786 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3788 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3790 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3791 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3792 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3793 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3794 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3795 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3796 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3797 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3798 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3799 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3800 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3801 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3802 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3803 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3804 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3805 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3806 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3807 they should always be removed. */
3808 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3809 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3810 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3813 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3817 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3818 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3819 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3821 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3822 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3824 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3825 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3826 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3827 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3828 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3830 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3831 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
3834 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3835 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3838 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3839 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3840 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3841 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3843 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3844 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3845 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3846 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3847 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3848 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3854 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3859 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3860 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3861 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3862 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3863 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3864 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3865 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3866 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3867 always-inserted mode. */
3869 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3870 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3871 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3872 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3878 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3880 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3882 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3883 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3885 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3886 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3888 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3889 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
3890 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3893 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3894 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3897 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3898 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3900 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3904 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3911 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
3913 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3914 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3916 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3917 This should not ever happen. */
3918 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3920 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3922 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3924 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
3927 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3930 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3932 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3933 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3937 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3938 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3940 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3943 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3944 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3945 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3950 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3952 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3954 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3956 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3959 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3961 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
3963 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3969 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3971 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3972 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3975 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3977 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3979 case bp_shlib_event
:
3981 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3982 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3983 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3984 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3985 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3987 (gdb) file prog-linux
3988 (gdb) run # native linux target
3991 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3992 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3995 case bp_step_resume
:
3997 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3999 case bp_single_step
:
4001 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4003 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4007 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4008 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4009 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4011 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4013 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4014 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4015 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4018 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
4019 valid. New ones will be created in
4020 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
4021 The next update_global_location_list call will
4022 garbage collect them. */
4025 if (context
== inf_starting
)
4027 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4028 insert_breakpoints. */
4029 w
->val
.reset (nullptr);
4030 w
->val_valid
= false;
4040 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4041 for (bp_location
*bl
: moribund_locations
)
4042 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4043 moribund_locations
.clear ();
4046 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4047 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4048 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4049 match, not program space. */
4051 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4052 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4053 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4054 permanent breakpoint.
4055 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4056 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4057 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4058 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4059 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4061 enum breakpoint_here
4062 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4064 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4066 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
4068 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4069 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4072 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4073 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4075 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4077 if (overlay_debugging
4078 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4079 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4080 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4081 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4082 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4084 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4088 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4091 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4094 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4095 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4097 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
4099 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4100 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4103 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4105 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4108 if (overlay_debugging
4109 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4110 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4112 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4123 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4126 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4128 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
4129 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4135 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4139 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4140 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4143 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4146 if (overlay_debugging
4147 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4148 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4149 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4156 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4159 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4161 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (pc
))
4163 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4164 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4167 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4173 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4177 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4180 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (pc
))
4182 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4185 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4192 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4195 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4198 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (pc
))
4200 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4203 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4211 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space
*aspace
,
4212 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4214 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
4216 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4217 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4220 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4223 for (bp_location
*loc
: bpt
->locations ())
4224 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4228 /* Check for intersection. */
4229 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4230 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4238 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4241 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4243 return (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4246 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4247 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4250 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4267 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats
&other
)
4269 bp_location_at (other
.bp_location_at
),
4270 breakpoint_at (other
.breakpoint_at
),
4271 commands (other
.commands
),
4272 print (other
.print
),
4274 print_it (other
.print_it
)
4276 if (other
.old_val
!= NULL
)
4277 old_val
= release_value (value_copy (other
.old_val
.get ()));
4280 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4281 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4284 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4288 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4293 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4295 tmp
= new bpstats (*bs
);
4298 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4308 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4311 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4316 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4318 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4324 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4327 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4329 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4331 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4333 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4335 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4340 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4349 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4350 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4351 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4352 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4354 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4355 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4357 Return 1 otherwise. */
4360 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4362 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4365 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4367 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4368 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4369 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4370 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4371 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4373 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4375 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4379 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4382 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4386 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
4389 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4390 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4392 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4393 bs
->old_val
.reset (nullptr);
4397 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4400 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4402 if (inferior_ptid
!= null_ptid
)
4404 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4406 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4407 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4408 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4409 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4410 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4414 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4417 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4418 or its equivalent. */
4421 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4423 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4426 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4427 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4428 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4429 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4431 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4432 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4433 bpstat of the current thread. */
4436 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4441 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4443 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4446 scoped_restore save_executing
4447 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands
, 1);
4449 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4451 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4454 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4455 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4457 struct command_line
*cmd
= NULL
;
4459 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4461 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4462 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4463 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4464 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4465 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4466 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4467 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4468 the tree when we're done. */
4469 counted_command_line ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4470 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4473 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4475 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4481 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4483 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4489 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4491 if (current_ui
->async
)
4492 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4493 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4494 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4497 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4498 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4499 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4500 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4501 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4502 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4503 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4504 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4505 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4506 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4507 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4508 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4509 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4517 /* Helper for bpstat_do_actions. Get the current thread, if there's
4518 one, is alive and has execution. Return NULL otherwise. */
4520 static thread_info
*
4521 get_bpstat_thread ()
4523 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ())
4526 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4527 if (tp
->state
== THREAD_EXITED
|| tp
->executing
)
4533 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4535 auto cleanup_if_error
= make_scope_exit (bpstat_clear_actions
);
4538 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4539 while ((tp
= get_bpstat_thread ()) != NULL
)
4541 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the
4542 inferior, and only return when it is stopped at the next
4543 breakpoint, we keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns
4544 false to indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4545 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4549 cleanup_if_error
.release ();
4552 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4555 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4558 fprintf_styled (stream
, metadata_style
.style (), _("<unreadable>"));
4561 struct value_print_options opts
;
4562 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4563 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4567 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4568 debugging multiple threads. */
4571 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4573 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4578 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4581 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4583 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4584 uiout
->field_string ("thread-id", print_thread_id (thr
));
4586 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4589 uiout
->text (" \"");
4590 uiout
->field_string ("name", name
);
4594 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4598 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4599 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4600 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4601 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4604 static enum print_stop_action
4605 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4607 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4610 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4611 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4615 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4616 relevant messages. */
4617 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4620 case print_it_normal
:
4622 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4624 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4625 which has since been deleted. */
4627 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4629 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4630 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4635 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4636 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4641 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4644 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4646 bool any_deleted
= !current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.empty ();
4647 bool any_added
= !current_program_space
->added_solibs
.empty ();
4651 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4652 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4654 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4655 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4658 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4659 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4660 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4664 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4665 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4666 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.size (); ix
++)
4668 const std::string
&name
= current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
[ix
];
4671 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4672 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4673 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4679 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4680 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4682 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
4685 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4687 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4688 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4693 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4694 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4695 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4696 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4697 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4698 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4699 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4702 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4703 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4704 code to print the location. An example is
4705 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4707 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4708 to also print the location part of the message.
4709 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4710 don't require a location appended to the end.
4711 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4712 further info to be printed. */
4714 enum print_stop_action
4715 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4717 enum print_stop_action val
;
4719 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4720 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4721 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4722 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4723 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4725 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4726 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4727 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4728 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4732 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4733 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4734 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4735 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4737 print_solib_event (0);
4738 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4741 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4742 with and nothing was printed. */
4743 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4746 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4749 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression
*exp
)
4751 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4752 bool res
= value_true (evaluate_expression (exp
));
4754 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4758 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4760 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4762 bp_location_at (bp_location_ref_ptr::new_reference (bl
)),
4763 breakpoint_at (bl
->owner
),
4767 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4769 **bs_link_pointer
= this;
4770 *bs_link_pointer
= &next
;
4775 breakpoint_at (NULL
),
4779 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4783 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4784 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4787 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4789 bool stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4792 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4794 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4795 as not triggered. */
4796 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
4797 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4799 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4801 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4807 if (!target_stopped_data_address (current_inferior ()->top_target (), &addr
))
4809 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4810 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4811 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
4812 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4814 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4816 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4822 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4823 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4826 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
4827 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4829 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4831 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4832 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
4834 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4836 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4837 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4839 if (newaddr
== start
)
4841 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4845 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4846 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range
4847 (current_inferior ()->top_target (), addr
, loc
->address
,
4850 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4859 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4860 enum wp_check_result
4862 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4865 /* The value has changed. */
4866 WP_VALUE_CHANGED
= 2,
4868 /* The value has not changed. */
4869 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
= 3,
4871 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4875 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4876 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4878 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4881 static wp_check_result
4882 watchpoint_check (bpstat bs
)
4884 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4885 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4886 int within_current_scope
;
4888 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4889 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4890 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4892 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4893 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4894 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4895 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4898 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4899 within_current_scope
= 1;
4902 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4903 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4904 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4906 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4907 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4908 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4909 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4910 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4911 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4912 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4913 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4914 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4915 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4918 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4919 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4921 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4922 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4923 if (within_current_scope
)
4925 struct symbol
*function
;
4927 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4928 if (function
== NULL
4929 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4930 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4931 within_current_scope
= 0;
4934 if (within_current_scope
)
4935 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4936 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4941 if (within_current_scope
)
4943 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4944 time before we return to the command level and call
4945 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4946 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4949 struct value
*new_val
;
4951 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4952 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4953 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4954 a mask watchpoint. */
4955 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4957 mark
= value_mark ();
4958 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), b
->exp
->op
.get (), &new_val
,
4961 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
4962 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
4964 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4965 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4966 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4967 not what we want. */
4968 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4969 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
.get (),
4972 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4973 b
->val
= release_value (new_val
);
4974 b
->val_valid
= true;
4975 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4976 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4977 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4981 /* Nothing changed. */
4982 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4983 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4988 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4989 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4990 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4991 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4992 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4993 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4994 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4995 the first value assigned). */
4996 /* We print all the stop information in
4997 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4998 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4999 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5002 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5004 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5006 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5008 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5009 uiout
->message ("\nWatchpoint %pF deleted because the program has "
5010 "left the block in\n"
5011 "which its expression is valid.\n",
5012 signed_field ("wpnum", b
->number
));
5015 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5017 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5023 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5024 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5025 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5028 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5029 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5030 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5032 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5034 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5035 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5037 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5040 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5041 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5044 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5046 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5047 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5049 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5050 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
5051 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5052 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5053 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5056 int must_check_value
= 0;
5058 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5059 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5061 must_check_value
= 1;
5062 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5063 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5064 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5066 must_check_value
= 1;
5067 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5068 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5069 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5070 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5071 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5072 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5073 must_check_value
= 1;
5075 if (must_check_value
)
5081 e
= watchpoint_check (bs
);
5083 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
5085 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5086 "Error evaluating expression "
5087 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5090 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5092 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5095 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5102 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5103 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5107 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5110 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5111 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5113 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5115 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5116 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5117 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5118 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5119 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5120 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5121 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5124 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5125 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5128 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5129 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5130 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5131 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5133 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5134 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5135 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5138 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5139 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5140 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5141 changes. This still gives false positives when
5142 the program writes the same value to memory as
5143 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5144 it for a read), but it's much better than
5147 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5149 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5151 for (breakpoint
*other_b
: all_breakpoints ())
5152 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5153 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5155 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5156 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5158 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5159 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5161 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5167 if (other_write_watchpoint
5168 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5170 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5171 and the value changed since the last time we
5172 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5174 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5179 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5180 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5181 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5183 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5184 the value hasn't changed. */
5185 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5195 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5197 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5198 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5199 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5200 anything for this watchpoint. */
5201 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5207 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5208 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5209 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5210 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5213 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, thread_info
*thread
)
5215 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5216 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5218 bool condition_result
= true;
5219 struct expression
*cond
;
5221 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5223 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5224 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
5225 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5226 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5227 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5229 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5230 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5231 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5233 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5234 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5240 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5241 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5243 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread
->global_num
)
5244 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (thread
)))
5250 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5252 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5254 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5256 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5258 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5261 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5263 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5265 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5266 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5268 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5269 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5270 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5271 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5273 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5275 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5276 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5280 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5281 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5282 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5283 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5284 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5286 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5287 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5290 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5292 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5293 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5294 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5295 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5296 really matter which instantiation of the function
5297 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5298 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5299 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5300 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5301 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5302 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5303 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5304 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5306 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5308 select_frame (frame
);
5310 within_current_scope
= 0;
5312 if (within_current_scope
)
5316 condition_result
= breakpoint_cond_eval (cond
);
5318 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
5320 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5321 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5326 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5327 "in the current scope"));
5328 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5329 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5331 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5332 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5335 if (cond
&& !condition_result
)
5339 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5343 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5345 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5349 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5350 on the current target. */
5353 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5355 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5356 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5357 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5358 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5361 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5364 build_bpstat_chain (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5365 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5367 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5369 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
5371 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5374 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
5376 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5377 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5378 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5379 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5380 checked all locations already. */
5381 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5384 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->disabled_by_cond
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5387 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5390 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5393 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5396 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5397 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5398 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5402 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5403 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5404 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5406 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5408 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5410 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5415 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5416 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5417 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5419 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
5421 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5422 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5424 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (loc
, &bs_link
);
5425 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5428 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5436 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5439 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space
*aspace
,
5440 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, thread_info
*thread
,
5441 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
,
5444 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5445 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5446 bpstat bs_head
= stop_chain
;
5448 int need_remove_insert
;
5451 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5452 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5453 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5454 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5455 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5456 inferior function calls. */
5457 if (bs_head
== NULL
)
5458 bs_head
= build_bpstat_chain (aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5460 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5461 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5462 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5464 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5466 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5468 handle_solib_event ();
5473 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5474 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5475 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5479 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5484 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5485 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5488 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, thread
);
5493 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5495 /* We will stop here. */
5496 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5498 --(b
->enable_count
);
5499 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5500 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5505 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5506 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5507 ? bs
->commands
.get () : NULL
))
5510 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5515 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5517 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5518 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5521 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5522 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5523 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5525 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5526 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5527 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5529 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5530 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5532 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5534 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5535 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5538 if (need_remove_insert
)
5539 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5540 else if (removed_any
)
5541 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5547 handle_jit_event (CORE_ADDR address
)
5549 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5551 infrun_debug_printf ("handling bp_jit_event");
5553 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5554 breakpoint_re_set. */
5555 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5557 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (get_current_frame ());
5558 /* This event is caused by a breakpoint set in `jit_breakpoint_re_set`,
5559 thus it is expected that its objectfile can be found through
5560 minimal symbol lookup. If it doesn't work (and assert fails), it
5561 most likely means that `jit_breakpoint_re_set` was changes and this
5562 function needs to be updated too. */
5563 bound_minimal_symbol jit_bp_sym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (address
);
5564 gdb_assert (jit_bp_sym
.objfile
!= nullptr);
5565 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
, jit_bp_sym
.objfile
);
5567 target_terminal::inferior ();
5570 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5572 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5575 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5577 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5580 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5581 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5582 retval
.is_longjmp
= false;
5584 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5586 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5587 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5588 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5591 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5593 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5594 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5598 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5605 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5606 case bp_single_step
:
5609 case bp_shlib_event
:
5613 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5615 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5618 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5621 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5622 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5623 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5627 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5629 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5633 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5634 This requires no further action. */
5638 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5642 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5643 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5646 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5648 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5649 case bp_exception_resume
:
5652 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5653 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5656 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5658 case bp_step_resume
:
5660 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5663 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5664 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5667 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5669 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5672 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5673 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5676 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5677 case bp_thread_event
:
5678 case bp_overlay_event
:
5679 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5680 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5681 case bp_exception_master
:
5682 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5688 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5690 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5694 /* Some catchpoints are implemented with breakpoints.
5695 For those, we need to step over the breakpoint. */
5696 if (bs
->bp_location_at
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_other
)
5697 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5701 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5704 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5705 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5706 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5707 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5709 case bp_std_terminate
:
5710 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5711 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5712 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5713 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5716 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5717 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5718 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5719 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5721 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5722 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5724 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5725 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5726 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5728 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5729 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5730 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5731 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5736 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5738 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5742 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5743 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5746 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5753 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5757 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5759 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5766 handle_jit_event (bs
->bp_location_at
->address
);
5768 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5769 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5771 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5772 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5778 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5781 bpstat_should_step ()
5783 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
5784 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5790 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5793 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5795 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5804 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5805 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5806 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5809 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5811 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5812 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5816 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5818 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5820 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5821 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5822 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5827 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5833 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5834 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5836 "host": Host evals condition.
5837 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5838 "target": Target evals condition.
5842 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5844 char host_evals
= 0;
5845 char target_evals
= 0;
5850 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5853 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5854 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5855 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5857 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
5859 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5865 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5866 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5867 else if (target_evals
)
5868 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5870 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5873 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5874 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5877 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5879 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5882 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5883 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5884 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5886 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5887 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5889 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5892 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5895 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5896 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5898 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5900 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
5902 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5906 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5908 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5909 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5910 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5912 const struct symbol
*sym
= loc
->symbol
;
5916 uiout
->text ("in ");
5917 uiout
->field_string ("func", sym
->print_name (),
5918 function_name_style
.style ());
5920 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5921 uiout
->text ("at ");
5923 uiout
->field_string ("file",
5924 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
),
5925 file_name_style
.style ());
5928 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5929 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5931 uiout
->field_signed ("line", loc
->line_number
);
5937 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
5939 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
5943 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
5944 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5945 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5946 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5947 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5948 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
5950 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
5954 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
5958 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5959 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5960 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5963 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5964 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5970 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5972 struct ep_type_description
5975 const char *description
;
5977 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5979 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5980 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5981 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5982 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
5983 {bp_until
, "until"},
5984 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5985 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5986 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5987 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5988 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5989 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5990 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5991 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5992 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5993 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5994 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5995 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5996 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5997 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5998 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5999 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6000 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6001 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6002 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6003 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6004 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6005 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6006 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6007 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6008 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6009 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6010 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6011 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6012 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6015 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6016 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6017 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6018 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6021 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6024 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6025 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6028 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6029 const char *field_name
,
6030 const std::vector
<int> &inf_nums
,
6033 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
6035 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6036 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6037 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6040 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
6042 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< inf_nums
.size (); i
++)
6048 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf_nums
[i
]);
6049 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6054 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6058 uiout
->text (plongest (inf_nums
[i
]));
6063 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. If RAW_LOC, print raw breakpoint locations
6064 instead of going via breakpoint_ops::print_one. This makes "maint
6065 info breakpoints" show the software breakpoint locations of
6066 catchpoints, which are considered internal implementation
6070 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6071 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6073 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6074 int allflag
, bool raw_loc
)
6076 struct command_line
*l
;
6077 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6079 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6080 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6081 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6082 struct value_print_options opts
;
6084 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6086 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6087 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6088 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6091 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
6092 || !b
->loc
->enabled
|| b
->loc
->disabled_by_cond
)))
6093 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6101 if (part_of_multiple
)
6102 uiout
->field_fmt ("number", "%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6104 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
6108 if (part_of_multiple
)
6109 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6111 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6115 if (part_of_multiple
)
6116 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6118 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6122 /* For locations that are disabled because of an invalid condition,
6123 display "N*" on CLI, where "*" refers to a footnote below the
6124 table. For MI, simply display a "N" without a footnote. */
6125 const char *N
= (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ()) ? "N" : "N*";
6126 if (part_of_multiple
)
6127 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", (loc
->disabled_by_cond
? N
6128 : (loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n")));
6130 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6133 if (!raw_loc
&& b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6134 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6137 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6139 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6141 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6142 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6143 is relatively readable). */
6144 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6145 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6147 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6149 else if (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6150 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6152 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6155 if (header_of_multiple
)
6156 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>",
6157 metadata_style
.style ());
6158 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6159 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>",
6160 metadata_style
.style ());
6162 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6163 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6166 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6167 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6173 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6175 std::vector
<int> inf_nums
;
6178 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
6180 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6181 inf_nums
.push_back (inf
->num
);
6184 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6185 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6187 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6188 && (program_spaces
.size () > 1
6189 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6190 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6191 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6192 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6194 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_nums
, mi_only
);
6197 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6199 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6201 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6202 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6203 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6204 uiout
->field_signed ("thread", b
->thread
);
6206 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6208 uiout
->text (" task ");
6209 uiout
->field_signed ("task", b
->task
);
6215 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6216 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6218 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6221 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6222 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6224 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6225 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6229 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6232 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6233 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6235 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6236 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6238 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6239 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6240 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6241 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6242 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6244 uiout
->message (" (%pF evals)",
6245 string_field ("evaluated-by",
6246 bp_condition_evaluator (b
)));
6251 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6253 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6254 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6255 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6256 uiout
->field_signed ("thread", b
->thread
);
6259 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6261 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6266 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6270 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6271 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6272 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6273 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6274 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6276 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6277 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6278 uiout
->field_signed ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6279 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6280 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6282 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6286 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6287 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6288 uiout
->field_signed ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6292 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6295 uiout
->message ("\tignore next %pF hits\n",
6296 signed_field ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
));
6299 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6300 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6301 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6302 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6305 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6306 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6307 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6308 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6309 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6311 uiout
->text ("next ");
6312 uiout
->field_signed ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6313 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6316 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6318 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6320 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6322 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6323 uiout
->field_signed ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6324 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6328 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
6329 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6332 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6333 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6336 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6338 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6340 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6342 annotate_field (10);
6343 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6344 uiout
->field_signed ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6345 uiout
->text (" \n");
6348 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6350 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6352 annotate_field (11);
6354 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6355 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6356 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6362 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6363 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6368 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6370 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6372 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6374 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6376 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6377 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6378 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6379 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6383 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6385 bool fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
= false;
6388 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6389 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6392 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6393 bool use_fixed_output
6394 = (uiout
->test_flags (fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output
)
6395 || fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
);
6397 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> bkpt_tuple_emitter (gdb::in_place
, uiout
, "bkpt");
6398 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
, false);
6400 /* The mi2 broken format: the main breakpoint tuple ends here, the locations
6402 if (!use_fixed_output
)
6403 bkpt_tuple_emitter
.reset ();
6405 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6406 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6407 locations, if any. */
6409 || b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
6412 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6413 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6414 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6417 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6418 internally, that's not a property exposed to users.
6420 Likewise, while catchpoints may be implemented with
6421 breakpoints (e.g., catch throw), that's not a property
6422 exposed to users. We do however display the internal
6423 breakpoint locations with "maint info breakpoints". */
6424 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6425 && (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6426 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6428 || (b
->loc
&& (b
->loc
->next
6430 || b
->loc
->disabled_by_cond
))))
6432 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_list
> locations_list
;
6434 /* For MI version <= 2, keep the behavior where GDB outputs an invalid
6435 MI record. For later versions, place breakpoint locations in a
6437 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && use_fixed_output
)
6438 locations_list
.emplace (uiout
, "locations");
6441 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
6443 ui_out_emit_tuple
loc_tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6444 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
6453 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6455 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6457 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6458 address to print. */
6459 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6462 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
6466 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6467 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6468 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6471 return print_address_bits
;
6474 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6477 print_breakpoint (breakpoint
*b
)
6479 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6480 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6483 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6484 internal or momentary. */
6487 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6489 return b
->number
> 0;
6492 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6495 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6497 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6500 /* Print information on breakpoints (including watchpoints and tracepoints).
6502 If non-NULL, BP_NUM_LIST is a list of numbers and number ranges as
6503 understood by number_or_range_parser. Only breakpoints included in this
6504 list are then printed.
6506 If SHOW_INTERNAL is true, print internal breakpoints.
6508 If FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6509 ones for which it returns true.
6511 Return the total number of breakpoints listed. */
6514 breakpoint_1 (const char *bp_num_list
, bool show_internal
,
6515 bool (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6517 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6518 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6519 struct value_print_options opts
;
6520 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6521 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6522 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6523 bool has_disabled_by_cond_location
= false;
6525 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6527 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6528 required for address fields. */
6529 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6530 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6532 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6533 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6536 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6537 accept. Skip the others. */
6538 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6540 if (show_internal
&& parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6542 if (!show_internal
&& !number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6546 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6548 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6550 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6551 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6552 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6554 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6555 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6556 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6558 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6563 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6564 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6565 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6568 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6569 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6570 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6572 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6573 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6575 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6576 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6578 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6579 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6581 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6582 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6584 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6586 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6587 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6589 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6591 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6593 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6594 uiout
->table_body ();
6595 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6596 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6598 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6601 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6602 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6605 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6606 accept. Skip the others. */
6608 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6610 if (show_internal
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6612 if (parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6615 else /* all others */
6617 if (!number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6621 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6622 show_internal is set. */
6623 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6625 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, show_internal
);
6626 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
6627 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
6628 has_disabled_by_cond_location
= true;
6633 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6635 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6639 if (bp_num_list
== NULL
|| *bp_num_list
== '\0')
6640 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6642 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6648 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6649 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6651 if (has_disabled_by_cond_location
&& !uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6652 uiout
->message (_("(*): Breakpoint condition is invalid at this "
6656 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6657 there have been breakpoints? */
6658 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6660 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6663 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6664 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6667 default_collect_info (void)
6669 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6671 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6672 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6674 if (!*default_collect
)
6677 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6679 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6680 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6681 uiout
->text (" \n");
6685 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6687 breakpoint_1 (args
, false, NULL
);
6689 default_collect_info ();
6693 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6695 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_watchpoint
);
6696 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6698 if (num_printed
== 0)
6700 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6701 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6703 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6708 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6710 breakpoint_1 (args
, true, NULL
);
6712 default_collect_info ();
6716 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6717 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6718 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6720 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
6722 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6723 && bl
->address
== pc
6724 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6730 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6731 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6735 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6736 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6737 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6741 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6742 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6743 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6748 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6749 else /* if (others == ???) */
6750 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6751 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6752 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6755 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6756 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6757 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6758 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6759 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6760 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6761 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6762 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6766 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6768 current_uiout
->message (_("also set at pc %ps.\n"),
6769 styled_string (address_style
.style (),
6770 paddress (gdbarch
, pc
)));
6775 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of LOC.
6776 For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members are
6777 irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to
6778 other addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6780 More specifically, software watchpoints and catchpoints that are
6781 not backed by breakpoints always have a zero valued location
6782 address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of these types
6783 to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint location at address
6787 bl_address_is_meaningful (bp_location
*loc
)
6789 return loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_other
;
6792 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6793 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6796 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6797 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6799 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6800 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6802 /* Both of them must exist. */
6803 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6804 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6806 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6807 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6808 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6809 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6810 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6811 other watchpoint. */
6813 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6815 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6816 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
6818 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6820 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6821 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
6824 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6825 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6826 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6827 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6828 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6829 become hw_access locations later. */
6830 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6831 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6832 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6833 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6836 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6839 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6840 const address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6842 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6843 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6847 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6848 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6849 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6850 space doesn't really matter. */
6853 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space
*aspace1
,
6855 int len1
, const address_space
*aspace2
,
6858 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6859 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6860 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6863 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6864 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6865 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6866 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6869 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6870 const address_space
*aspace
,
6873 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6876 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6877 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6881 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6882 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6883 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6884 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6885 doesn't really matter. */
6888 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6889 const address_space
*aspace
,
6890 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
6892 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6893 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
6895 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
6897 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
6903 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6904 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6905 true, otherwise returns false. */
6908 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6909 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6911 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6912 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6913 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6914 different locations. */
6915 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6920 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6921 (bl_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent
6922 the same location. If SW_HW_BPS_MATCH is true, then software
6923 breakpoint locations and hardware breakpoint locations match,
6924 otherwise they don't. */
6927 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6928 struct bp_location
*loc2
,
6929 bool sw_hw_bps_match
)
6931 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6933 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6934 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6935 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6937 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6938 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6940 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6943 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6944 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6945 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6947 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged
6948 breakpoints. Keep this in sync with
6949 bp_location_is_less_than. */
6950 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6951 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6952 && (loc1
->loc_type
== loc2
->loc_type
|| sw_hw_bps_match
)
6953 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6957 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6958 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6960 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6961 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6965 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6966 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6968 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6969 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6971 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6974 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6975 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6976 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6977 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6980 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6981 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6983 if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6984 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6985 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6986 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6987 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6989 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6990 have their addresses modified. */
6993 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
6995 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
6996 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
6997 applies to this address, then it should have already been
6998 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
6999 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7000 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7005 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
= bpaddr
;
7007 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7009 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7010 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7011 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7014 adjusted_bpaddr
= address_significant (gdbarch
, adjusted_bpaddr
);
7016 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7017 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7019 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7020 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7022 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7027 bp_location_from_bp_type (bptype type
)
7032 case bp_single_step
:
7036 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7037 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7039 case bp_exception_resume
:
7040 case bp_step_resume
:
7041 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7042 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7044 case bp_std_terminate
:
7045 case bp_shlib_event
:
7046 case bp_thread_event
:
7047 case bp_overlay_event
:
7049 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7050 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7051 case bp_exception_master
:
7052 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7053 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7055 return bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7056 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7057 return bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7058 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7059 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7060 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7061 return bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7065 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7066 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7067 return bp_loc_other
;
7069 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7073 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
, bp_loc_type type
)
7075 this->owner
= owner
;
7076 this->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7077 this->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7079 this->disabled_by_cond
= false;
7081 this->loc_type
= type
;
7083 if (this->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
7084 || this->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
7085 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (this);
7090 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
)
7091 : bp_location::bp_location (owner
,
7092 bp_location_from_bp_type (owner
->type
))
7096 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7098 static struct bp_location
*
7099 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7101 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7104 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7105 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7108 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7110 bp_location_ref_policy::decref (*blp
);
7114 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7117 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7119 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7120 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7122 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7123 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7125 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7127 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7132 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7138 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7141 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7142 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7144 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7146 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7150 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7151 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7152 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7153 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7156 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7157 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7159 static struct breakpoint
*
7160 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7162 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7164 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7166 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7167 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7170 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
7173 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7175 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7177 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7178 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7179 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7181 const char *function_name
;
7183 if (loc
->msymbol
!= NULL
7184 && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7185 || MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc
))
7187 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7189 function_name
= loc
->msymbol
->linkage_name ();
7191 if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7192 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7194 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7195 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7196 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7197 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7199 loc
->related_address
= loc
->address
;
7203 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &function_name
, NULL
, NULL
);
7206 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7210 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7212 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7215 return sal
.section
->objfile
->arch ();
7217 return SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
)->arch ();
7222 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7223 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7224 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7226 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7227 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7228 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7231 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7232 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7233 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7235 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7237 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7239 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7240 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7242 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7243 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7245 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7246 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7249 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7250 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7251 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7252 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7253 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7254 is also returned as the value of this function.
7256 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7257 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7258 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7259 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7260 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7261 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7262 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7265 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7266 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7267 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7269 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7271 init_raw_breakpoint (b
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7272 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7275 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7276 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7277 initiated the operation. */
7280 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7282 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7284 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7285 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7286 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7287 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7288 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7289 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7290 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7291 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7293 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7294 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7296 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7297 after their removal. */
7298 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7299 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7300 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7303 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7306 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7308 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7310 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7311 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7313 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7314 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7319 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7321 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7322 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7324 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7325 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7329 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7330 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7331 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7335 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7337 breakpoint
*retval
= nullptr;
7339 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7340 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7342 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7344 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7345 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7347 new_b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
7349 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7351 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7354 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7355 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7356 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7357 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7363 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7364 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7367 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7368 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7372 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7374 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7376 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7377 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7379 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7381 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7382 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7383 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7384 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7387 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
);
7389 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7391 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7392 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7393 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7395 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7400 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7402 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7403 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7405 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7406 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7407 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7412 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7414 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7415 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7417 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7418 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7419 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7423 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7424 master breakpoint. */
7426 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7428 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7429 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7430 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7432 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7433 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7437 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7439 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7441 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7442 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7443 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7447 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7449 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7451 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7452 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7454 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7455 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7456 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7458 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7463 struct lang_and_radix
7469 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7472 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7474 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7475 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7478 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7481 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7483 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7484 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7485 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7486 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7490 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7492 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7493 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7494 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7495 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7498 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7501 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7503 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7504 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7505 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7506 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7509 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7510 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7511 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7513 static struct breakpoint
*
7514 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7515 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7517 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7519 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7520 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7521 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7526 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7528 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7531 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7534 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7536 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7538 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7540 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7541 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7543 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7549 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7550 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7553 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7555 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
7557 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7558 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7560 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7561 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7562 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7563 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7564 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7565 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7566 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7567 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7568 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7569 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7570 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7571 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7574 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7579 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7580 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7581 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7584 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7586 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7588 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
7590 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7591 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7593 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7594 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7595 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7596 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7597 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7598 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7599 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7600 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7601 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7603 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7604 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7605 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7606 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7609 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7610 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7612 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7614 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7615 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7616 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7619 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7624 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7625 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7626 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7629 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7631 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7634 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7635 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7636 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7637 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7638 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7639 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7640 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7641 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7642 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7643 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7645 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7646 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7649 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7651 int bp_modified
= 0;
7653 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7656 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
7658 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7660 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7661 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7664 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7667 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7670 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7671 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7674 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7676 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7677 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7678 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7679 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7680 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7683 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7690 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7694 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7696 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7697 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
7698 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7700 struct fork_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7702 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7703 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7704 catchpoint has triggered. */
7705 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7708 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7712 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7714 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7717 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7721 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7723 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7726 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7730 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7731 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7732 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7734 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7736 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7739 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7743 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7746 static enum print_stop_action
7747 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7749 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7750 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7751 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7753 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7754 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7755 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7756 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7758 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7759 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7761 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7762 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7764 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7765 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
7766 uiout
->field_signed ("newpid", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7767 uiout
->text ("), ");
7768 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7771 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7775 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7777 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7778 struct value_print_options opts
;
7779 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7781 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7783 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7784 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7786 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7787 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7789 uiout
->text ("fork");
7790 if (c
->forked_inferior_pid
!= null_ptid
)
7792 uiout
->text (", process ");
7793 uiout
->field_signed ("what", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7797 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7798 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
7801 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7805 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7807 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7810 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7814 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7816 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7817 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7820 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7822 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7824 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7828 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7830 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7833 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7837 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7839 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7842 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7846 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7847 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7848 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7850 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7852 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7855 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7859 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7862 static enum print_stop_action
7863 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7865 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7866 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7867 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7869 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7870 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7871 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7872 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7874 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7875 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7877 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7878 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7880 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7881 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
7882 uiout
->field_signed ("newpid", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7883 uiout
->text ("), ");
7884 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7887 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7891 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7893 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7894 struct value_print_options opts
;
7895 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7897 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7898 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7899 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7901 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7902 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7904 uiout
->text ("vfork");
7905 if (c
->forked_inferior_pid
!= null_ptid
)
7907 uiout
->text (", process ");
7908 uiout
->field_signed ("what", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7912 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7913 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
7916 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7920 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7922 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7925 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7929 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7931 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7932 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7935 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7937 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7939 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7940 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7941 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7943 struct solib_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7945 ~solib_catchpoint () override
;
7947 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7950 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7951 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7953 std::unique_ptr
<compiled_regex
> compiled
;
7956 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
7958 xfree (this->regex
);
7962 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7968 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7974 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7975 const address_space
*aspace
,
7977 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7979 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7981 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7984 for (breakpoint
*other
: all_breakpoints ())
7986 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7989 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7992 if (self
->pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->pspace
)
7995 for (bp_location
*other_bl
: other
->locations ())
7997 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8006 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8008 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8009 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8013 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
8016 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8022 for (const std::string
&iter
: current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
)
8025 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
.c_str (), 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8031 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8034 static enum print_stop_action
8035 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8037 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8038 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8040 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8041 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8042 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8043 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8045 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8046 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8048 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8049 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8050 print_solib_event (1);
8051 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8055 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8057 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8058 struct value_print_options opts
;
8059 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8061 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8062 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8063 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8065 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8068 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8076 msg
= string_printf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8078 msg
= _("load of library");
8083 msg
= string_printf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8085 msg
= _("unload of library");
8087 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8089 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8090 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8094 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8096 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8098 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8099 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8103 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8105 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8107 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8108 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8109 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8111 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8112 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8115 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8117 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8120 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, bool is_load
, bool is_temp
, bool enabled
)
8122 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8126 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8128 std::unique_ptr
<solib_catchpoint
> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8132 c
->compiled
.reset (new compiled_regex (arg
, REG_NOSUB
,
8133 _("Invalid regexp")));
8134 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8137 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8138 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8139 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8141 c
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8143 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8146 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8150 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8151 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8153 const int enabled
= 1;
8154 bool temp
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8156 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, temp
, enabled
);
8160 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8161 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8163 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8167 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8168 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8170 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8173 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8176 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8177 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, bool temp
,
8178 const char *cond_string
,
8179 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8181 symtab_and_line sal
;
8182 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8184 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8186 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8187 b
->disposition
= temp
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8191 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
8193 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
8194 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8195 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8196 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8199 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
8202 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8206 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8207 bool temp
, const char *cond_string
,
8208 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8210 std::unique_ptr
<fork_catchpoint
> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8212 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, temp
, cond_string
, ops
);
8214 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8216 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8219 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8221 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8222 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8223 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8225 struct exec_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8227 ~exec_catchpoint () override
;
8229 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8230 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8232 char *exec_pathname
;
8235 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8237 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8239 xfree (this->exec_pathname
);
8243 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8245 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
8249 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8251 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
8255 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8256 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8257 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8259 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8261 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8264 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8268 static enum print_stop_action
8269 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8271 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8272 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8273 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8275 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8276 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8277 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8278 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8280 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8281 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8283 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8284 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8286 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8287 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8288 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8289 uiout
->text ("), ");
8291 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8295 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8297 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8298 struct value_print_options opts
;
8299 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8301 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8303 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8304 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8305 is relatively readable). */
8306 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8307 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8309 uiout
->text ("exec");
8310 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8312 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8313 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8314 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8317 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8318 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8322 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8324 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8327 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8331 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8333 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8334 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8337 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8340 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8344 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8345 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8346 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
8348 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8350 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8356 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8360 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8364 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8367 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
8369 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8371 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8377 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8378 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8379 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8380 types _not_ TYPE. */
8383 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8384 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8388 *other_type_used
= 0;
8389 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8393 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8396 if (b
->type
== type
)
8397 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8398 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8399 *other_type_used
= 1;
8406 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8408 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8409 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8411 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8412 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8417 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8419 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8420 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8422 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8423 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8428 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8430 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8431 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8435 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8437 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8438 breakpoint_re_set ();
8441 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8444 static struct breakpoint
*
8445 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8447 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b (new breakpoint ());
8449 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8450 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8452 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8453 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8456 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8458 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
8461 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8462 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8466 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8467 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8469 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8471 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8473 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8475 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8476 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8477 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8478 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8480 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
8482 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8484 return breakpoint_up (b
);
8487 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8488 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8489 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8491 static struct breakpoint
*
8492 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8494 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8497 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8499 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8500 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8501 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
8503 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8504 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8505 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8506 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8507 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8508 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8509 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8510 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8511 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8512 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8513 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8514 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8516 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8517 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8518 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8520 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8524 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8528 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8530 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8534 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8538 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8541 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8543 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8545 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8546 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8548 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8552 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8555 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8557 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8558 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
8562 static bool bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8564 /* Handle "set breakpoint auto-hw on".
8566 If the explicitly specified breakpoint type is not hardware
8567 breakpoint, check the memory map to see whether the breakpoint
8568 address is in read-only memory.
8570 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory is read-only.
8571 We change the type of the location to hardware breakpoint.
8573 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write. This
8574 means we've previously made the location hardware one, but then the
8575 memory map changed, so we undo.
8579 handle_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (bp_location
*bl
)
8581 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
8582 && bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
8583 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
8584 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
))
8586 /* When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
8587 location types we've just set here, the only possible problem
8588 is that memory map has changed during running program, but
8589 it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
8590 mem_region
*mr
= lookup_mem_region (bl
->address
);
8594 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
8596 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
8597 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
8599 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
8601 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
8603 static bool said
= false;
8605 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
8608 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
8609 _("Note: automatically using "
8610 "hardware breakpoints for "
8611 "read-only addresses.\n"));
8619 static struct bp_location
*
8620 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8621 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8623 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8624 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8625 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8627 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8628 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8630 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8631 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8632 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8633 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8634 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8635 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8636 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8639 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8640 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8641 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8642 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8647 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8648 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8649 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8650 loc
->probe
.prob
= sal
->prob
;
8651 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8652 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8653 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8654 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8655 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8656 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8657 loc
->symbol
= sal
->symbol
;
8658 loc
->msymbol
= sal
->msymbol
;
8659 loc
->objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8661 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
);
8663 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8664 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8665 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8666 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8667 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8668 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8669 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8670 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8671 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8672 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8673 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8674 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8676 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8683 /* Return true if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8684 return false otherwise. */
8687 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8689 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8691 /* If we have a non-breakpoint-backed catchpoint or a software
8692 watchpoint, just return 0. We should not attempt to read from
8693 the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types point to.
8694 gdbarch_program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8696 if (!bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
))
8699 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
8700 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8701 return gdbarch_program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
8704 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8705 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8708 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8710 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8711 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8716 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8718 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8720 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8722 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8724 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8725 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8727 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8728 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8729 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8731 if (!dprintf_function
)
8732 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8734 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8735 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8740 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8744 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8746 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8747 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8750 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8751 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8755 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8756 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8758 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8760 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8761 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
8762 = new struct command_line (simple_control
, printf_line
);
8763 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line
,
8764 command_lines_deleter ()));
8767 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8768 current style settings. */
8771 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
8772 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8774 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8775 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8776 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8779 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8780 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8781 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8782 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8785 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8786 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8787 event_location_up
&&location
,
8788 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8789 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8790 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8791 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8792 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8793 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8794 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8795 int display_canonical
)
8799 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8801 int target_resources_ok
;
8803 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8804 target_resources_ok
=
8805 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8807 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8808 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8809 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8810 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8813 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
8815 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8817 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8821 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8823 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8825 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8826 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8829 if (&sal
== &sals
[0])
8831 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8835 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
.release ();
8836 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
.release ();
8837 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8838 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8839 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8841 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8842 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8844 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8846 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
8847 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8849 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
8851 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8852 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8854 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
8857 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8859 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8861 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.assign (p
, endp
- p
);
8863 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8865 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8867 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
8869 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
8871 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8873 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8876 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8877 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8884 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
8885 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8889 /* Do not set breakpoint locations conditions yet. As locations
8890 are inserted, they get sorted based on their addresses. Let
8891 the list stabilize to have reliable location numbers. */
8893 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8894 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8895 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
8897 if (b
->extra_string
)
8898 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8900 error (_("Format string required"));
8902 else if (b
->extra_string
)
8903 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
8907 /* The order of the locations is now stable. Set the location
8908 condition using the location's number. */
8910 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
8912 if (b
->cond_string
!= nullptr)
8913 set_breakpoint_location_condition (b
->cond_string
, loc
, b
->number
,
8919 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
8920 if (location
!= NULL
)
8921 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
8923 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
8924 b
->filter
= std::move (filter
);
8928 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8929 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8930 event_location_up
&&location
,
8931 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8932 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8933 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8934 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8935 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8936 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8937 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8938 int display_canonical
)
8940 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type
);
8942 init_breakpoint_sal (b
.get (), gdbarch
,
8943 sals
, std::move (location
),
8945 std::move (cond_string
),
8946 std::move (extra_string
),
8948 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8950 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8953 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
8956 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8957 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8958 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8959 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8960 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8961 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8962 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8963 we take just a single condition string.
8965 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8966 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8967 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8968 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8969 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8972 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8973 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
8974 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8975 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8976 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8977 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8978 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8979 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
8981 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
8982 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
8984 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
8986 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8987 'break', without arguments. */
8988 event_location_up location
8989 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
8990 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
8991 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
8992 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
8994 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
8995 std::move (location
),
8996 std::move (filter_string
),
8997 std::move (cond_string
),
8998 std::move (extra_string
),
9000 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9001 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9002 canonical
->special_display
);
9006 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9007 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9008 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9009 linespec locations).
9011 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9012 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9015 parse_breakpoint_sals (struct event_location
*location
,
9016 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9018 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9020 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9022 const char *spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9026 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9027 breakpoint address. */
9028 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9030 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9031 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9032 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9033 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9034 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9035 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
9036 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
9038 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9040 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9041 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9042 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9043 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9044 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9046 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9048 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9050 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9052 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
9056 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9060 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9061 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9062 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9063 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9065 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9066 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9067 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9068 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9070 const char *spec
= NULL
;
9072 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9073 spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9077 && strchr ("+-", spec
[0]) != NULL
9080 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9081 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9082 get_last_displayed_line (),
9083 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9088 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9089 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9093 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9094 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9097 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
9099 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
9100 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9103 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9104 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9105 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9106 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9107 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9111 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9112 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
9114 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
9116 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9118 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9119 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9120 associated with SAL. */
9124 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
))
9125 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9126 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), msg
.c_str ());
9130 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9131 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9132 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9133 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9134 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9135 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9138 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9139 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9142 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9150 const char *end_tok
;
9152 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9153 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9155 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9157 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9159 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9163 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9165 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9167 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9169 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9172 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9174 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&)
9179 tok
= tok
+ strlen (tok
);
9182 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9184 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "-force-condition", toklen
) == 0)
9189 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9192 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9195 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9197 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9198 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9201 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9206 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9208 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9209 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9210 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9215 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9219 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9223 /* Call 'find_condition_and_thread' for each sal in SALS until a parse
9224 succeeds. The parsed values are written to COND_STRING, THREAD,
9225 TASK, and REST. See the comment of 'find_condition_and_thread'
9226 for the description of these parameters and INPUT. */
9229 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (const std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
,
9230 const char *input
, char **cond_string
,
9231 int *thread
, int *task
, char **rest
)
9233 int num_failures
= 0;
9234 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
9236 char *cond
= nullptr;
9239 char *remaining
= nullptr;
9241 /* Here we want to parse 'arg' to separate condition from thread
9242 number. But because parsing happens in a context and the
9243 contexts of sals might be different, try each until there is
9244 success. Finding one successful parse is sufficient for our
9245 goal. When setting the breakpoint we'll re-parse the
9246 condition in the context of each sal. */
9249 find_condition_and_thread (input
, sal
.pc
, &cond
, &thread_id
,
9250 &task_id
, &remaining
);
9251 *cond_string
= cond
;
9252 *thread
= thread_id
;
9257 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
9260 /* If no sal remains, do not continue. */
9261 if (num_failures
== sals
.size ())
9267 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9269 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
9270 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9272 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9275 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9277 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9279 std::string
marker_str (p
, endp
- p
);
9281 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
9282 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
.c_str ());
9283 if (markers
.empty ())
9284 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
9285 marker_str
.c_str ());
9287 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
9288 sals
.reserve (markers
.size ());
9290 for (const static_tracepoint_marker
&marker
: markers
)
9292 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
.address
, 0);
9293 sal
.pc
= marker
.address
;
9294 sals
.push_back (sal
);
9301 /* Returns the breakpoint ops appropriate for use with with LOCATION_TYPE and
9302 according to IS_TRACEPOINT. */
9304 static const struct breakpoint_ops
*
9305 breakpoint_ops_for_event_location_type (enum event_location_type location_type
,
9310 if (location_type
== PROBE_LOCATION
)
9311 return &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9313 return &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9317 if (location_type
== PROBE_LOCATION
)
9318 return &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9320 return &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9324 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9326 const struct breakpoint_ops
*
9327 breakpoint_ops_for_event_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
9330 if (location
!= nullptr)
9331 return breakpoint_ops_for_event_location_type
9332 (event_location_type (location
), is_tracepoint
);
9333 return is_tracepoint
? &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
: &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9336 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9339 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9340 struct event_location
*location
,
9341 const char *cond_string
,
9342 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
9343 bool force_condition
, int parse_extra
,
9344 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9346 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9347 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9348 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9351 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9354 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9356 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9358 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9359 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9360 extra_string
= NULL
;
9364 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9366 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
9368 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9370 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9372 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9375 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9378 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9380 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9381 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9382 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9383 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9384 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9387 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9388 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9389 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9390 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9397 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
9400 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9401 are ok for the target. */
9404 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9405 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
9408 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9409 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9411 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9412 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
9415 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9416 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9420 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
9421 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
9428 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9430 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (lsal
.sals
, extra_string
,
9431 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9432 cond_string_copy
.reset (cond
);
9433 extra_string_copy
.reset (rest
);
9437 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9438 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9439 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9441 /* Check the validity of the condition. We should error out
9442 if the condition is invalid at all of the locations and
9443 if it is not forced. In the PARSE_EXTRA case above, this
9444 check is done when parsing the EXTRA_STRING. */
9445 if (cond_string
!= nullptr && !force_condition
)
9447 int num_failures
= 0;
9448 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9449 for (const auto &sal
: lsal
.sals
)
9451 const char *cond
= cond_string
;
9454 parse_exp_1 (&cond
, sal
.pc
, block_for_pc (sal
.pc
), 0);
9455 /* One success is sufficient to keep going. */
9458 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&)
9461 /* If this is the last sal, error out. */
9462 if (num_failures
== lsal
.sals
.size ())
9468 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9470 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9471 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9473 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9476 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9477 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9478 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9480 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9481 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9482 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9486 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted
);
9488 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9489 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9492 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9495 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9496 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (cond_string
) : NULL
;
9500 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9501 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (extra_string
) : NULL
;
9502 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9503 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9504 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9505 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9506 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9507 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9508 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9510 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9513 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
9515 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9516 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9517 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9520 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9525 /* Set a breakpoint.
9526 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9527 condition, and thread.
9528 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9529 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9533 break_command_1 (const char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9535 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9536 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9537 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9540 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9541 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= breakpoint_ops_for_event_location
9542 (location
.get (), false /* is_tracepoint */);
9544 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9546 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
9547 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9548 0 /* Ignore count */,
9549 pending_break_support
,
9557 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9560 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9564 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9566 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9567 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9568 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9571 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9572 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9573 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9574 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9577 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9579 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9580 const struct block
*b
;
9583 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9584 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9587 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9590 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9591 sal
->section
= sym
->obj_section (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9595 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9596 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9597 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9598 happen in assembly source). */
9600 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9601 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9603 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9605 sal
->section
= msym
.obj_section ();
9612 break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9614 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9618 tbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9620 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9624 hbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9626 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9630 thbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9632 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9636 stop_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9638 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9639 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9640 stop at <line>\n"));
9644 stopin_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9650 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9652 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9655 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9656 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9657 function/method name. */
9658 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9660 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9665 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9667 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9671 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9673 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9677 stopat_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9681 if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9685 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9688 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9689 it is probably a line number. */
9690 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9692 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9697 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9699 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9703 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at LINE\n"));
9705 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9708 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9709 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9710 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9714 dprintf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9716 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9718 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9719 the next character must be ','. */
9722 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
9723 error (_("Format string required"));
9726 /* Skip the comma. */
9731 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9733 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
9735 0 /* Ignore count */,
9736 pending_break_support
,
9737 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9745 agent_printf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9747 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9750 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9751 ranged breakpoints. */
9754 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9755 const address_space
*aspace
,
9757 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9759 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9760 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9763 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9764 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9767 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9768 ranged breakpoints. */
9771 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9773 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9776 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9777 ranged breakpoints. */
9779 static enum print_stop_action
9780 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9782 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9783 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9784 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9786 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9788 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9789 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9791 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9793 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9795 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9796 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9798 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9799 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9801 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
9802 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9803 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9805 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
9808 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9811 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9812 ranged breakpoints. */
9815 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9816 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9818 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9819 struct value_print_options opts
;
9820 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9822 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9823 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9825 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9827 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9828 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9829 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9830 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
9832 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9836 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9837 ranged breakpoints. */
9840 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9841 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9843 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9844 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9849 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9850 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9852 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
9853 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9854 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9855 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9856 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
9860 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9861 ranged breakpoints. */
9864 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9866 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9867 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9870 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9872 uiout
->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9873 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9874 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9877 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9878 ranged breakpoints. */
9881 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9883 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
9884 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
9885 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
9886 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9889 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9891 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
9893 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9894 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9895 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9896 last instruction of the given line. */
9899 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
9903 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9904 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9905 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
9912 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
9914 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9916 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9923 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9926 break_range_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9928 const char *arg_start
;
9929 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
9930 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
9932 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9934 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9935 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9936 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9938 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9939 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9940 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9943 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9945 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9946 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
9947 error(_("No address range specified."));
9950 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9952 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
9955 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9956 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
9957 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9959 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
9961 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
9962 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
9963 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9965 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
9966 std::string
addr_string_start (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
9968 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
9969 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9971 /* Parse the end location. */
9975 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9976 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9977 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9978 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9979 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9980 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9982 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9983 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
9984 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
9986 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
9987 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9989 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
9990 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
9991 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
9992 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9994 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
9996 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
9997 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
9998 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10000 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10002 /* Length overflowed. */
10003 error (_("Address range too large."));
10004 else if (length
== 1)
10006 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10007 the `hbreak' command. */
10008 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start
[0], 1);
10013 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10014 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10015 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10016 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10017 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10018 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10019 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
10020 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
10021 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10024 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
10025 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10028 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10029 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10030 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10034 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10036 return exp
->op
->constant_p ();
10039 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
10041 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
10043 xfree (this->exp_string
);
10044 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse
);
10047 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10050 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10052 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10054 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10055 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10057 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10058 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10059 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10060 are loaded and unloaded.
10062 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10063 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10064 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10065 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10066 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10067 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10069 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10070 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10071 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10072 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10074 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10075 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10077 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10078 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10079 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10082 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10085 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10087 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10088 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10090 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10091 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10094 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10097 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10099 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10100 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10102 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10103 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10107 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10108 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10109 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10111 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10112 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10114 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10115 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10116 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10117 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10118 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10119 (did not match the data address). */
10120 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10121 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10128 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10130 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10132 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10135 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10136 hardware watchpoints. */
10139 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10141 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10142 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10144 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10147 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10148 hardware watchpoints. */
10151 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10153 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10154 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10157 static enum print_stop_action
10158 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10160 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10161 enum print_stop_action result
;
10162 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10163 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10165 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10167 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10168 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10170 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10171 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10175 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
10178 case bp_watchpoint
:
10179 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10180 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10181 uiout
->field_string
10182 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10184 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10185 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10186 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10187 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10188 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10189 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10190 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10191 uiout
->text ("\n");
10192 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10193 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10196 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10197 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10198 uiout
->field_string
10199 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10201 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10202 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10203 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10204 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10205 uiout
->text ("\n");
10206 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10209 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10210 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10212 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10213 uiout
->field_string
10215 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10217 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10218 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10219 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10220 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10221 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10226 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10227 uiout
->field_string
10229 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10230 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10231 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10233 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10234 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10235 uiout
->text ("\n");
10236 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10239 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10245 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10249 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10251 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10252 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10253 const char *tuple_name
;
10257 case bp_watchpoint
:
10258 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10259 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10261 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10262 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10263 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10265 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10266 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10267 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10269 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10270 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10271 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10274 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10275 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10278 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10279 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
10280 uiout
->text (": ");
10281 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10284 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10288 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10290 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10294 case bp_watchpoint
:
10295 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10296 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10298 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10299 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10301 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10302 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10305 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10306 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10309 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10310 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10313 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10317 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10319 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10320 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10321 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10327 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10329 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10331 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10332 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10335 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10337 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10339 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10340 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10343 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10344 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10347 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10349 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10351 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10352 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10355 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10356 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10359 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10361 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10363 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10366 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10367 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10370 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10375 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10376 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10378 static enum print_stop_action
10379 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10381 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10382 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10384 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10385 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10387 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10388 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10392 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10393 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10394 uiout
->field_string
10395 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10398 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10399 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10400 uiout
->field_string
10401 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10404 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10405 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10406 uiout
->field_string
10408 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10411 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10412 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10416 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10417 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10418 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10419 uiout
->text ("\n");
10421 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10422 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10425 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10426 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10429 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10430 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10432 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10434 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10435 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10437 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10438 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10439 uiout
->text ("\n");
10442 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10443 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10446 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10448 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10449 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10450 const char *tuple_name
;
10454 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10455 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10456 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10458 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10459 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10460 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10462 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10463 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10464 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10467 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10468 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10471 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10472 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
10473 uiout
->text (": ");
10474 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10477 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10478 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10481 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10483 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10487 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10488 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10490 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10491 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10493 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10494 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10497 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10498 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10501 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
,
10502 phex (w
->hw_wp_mask
, sizeof (CORE_ADDR
)));
10503 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10506 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10508 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10510 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10513 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10515 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10518 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10519 hw_read: watch read,
10520 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10522 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10523 bool just_location
, bool internal
)
10525 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10526 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10527 struct value
*result
;
10528 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10529 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10530 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10531 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10533 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10534 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10535 enum bptype bp_type
;
10537 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10538 the hardware watchpoint. */
10539 bool use_mask
= false;
10540 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10542 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10543 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10545 const char *value_start
;
10547 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10549 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10550 of the arguments string. */
10551 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10553 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10554 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10557 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10558 This is the value of the parameter. */
10559 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10561 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10563 /* Skip whitespace. */
10564 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10569 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10570 This is the parameter itself. */
10571 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10574 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10576 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10578 struct thread_info
*thr
;
10579 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10580 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10581 only in a specific thread. */
10585 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10587 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10588 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
10590 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10591 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10592 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
10594 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
10596 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
10598 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10599 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10601 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10604 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10606 use_mask
= just_location
= true;
10608 mark
= value_mark ();
10609 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10610 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10611 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10614 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10617 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10618 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10625 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10626 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10628 std::string
expression (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10629 exp_start
= arg
= expression
.c_str ();
10630 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
10631 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
10633 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10634 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10636 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10639 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10640 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
10644 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10645 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10647 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10650 exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
10651 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
10652 struct value
*val_as_value
= nullptr;
10653 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), exp
->op
.get (), &val_as_value
, &result
, NULL
,
10656 if (val_as_value
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
10658 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val_as_value
);
10659 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val_as_value
);
10667 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10668 val
= release_value (value_addr (result
));
10669 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10673 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
.get ()),
10676 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10677 else if (ret
== -2)
10678 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10681 else if (val_as_value
!= NULL
)
10682 val
= release_value (val_as_value
);
10684 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10685 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10687 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10688 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10690 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10691 innermost_block_tracker if_tracker
;
10692 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0, &if_tracker
);
10694 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10695 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10696 cond_exp_valid_block
= if_tracker
.block ();
10701 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10703 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10705 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10707 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
10709 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10710 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10711 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10712 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10713 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
10715 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
10717 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10719 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
10720 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
10723 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
10724 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10725 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10727 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10730 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10732 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10733 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10735 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10736 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
10738 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10739 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
10740 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
10741 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10742 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10743 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10744 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
10748 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10749 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10750 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10751 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10753 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10754 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10755 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10756 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10758 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10760 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w (new watchpoint ());
10763 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10764 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10766 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10767 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10768 w
->thread
= thread
;
10769 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10770 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10771 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
10772 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10773 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10776 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
.get ());
10777 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
.get ());
10779 w
->exp_string_reparse
10780 = current_language
->watch_location_expression (t
, addr
).release ();
10782 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10783 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10786 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
10790 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
10795 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
10796 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
10797 w
->val_valid
= true;
10801 w
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
10803 w
->cond_string
= 0;
10805 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
10807 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
10808 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
10812 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
10813 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
10816 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
10818 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10819 need to act on them together. */
10820 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
10821 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
10824 if (!just_location
)
10825 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10827 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10828 that should be inserted. */
10829 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), 1);
10831 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
10834 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10835 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10838 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
)
10840 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
10842 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10843 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
10846 gdb_assert (!vals
.empty ());
10847 struct value
*head
= vals
[0].get ();
10849 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10850 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10851 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10852 hardware watchpoint.
10854 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10855 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10856 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10857 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10858 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10859 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10860 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10861 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10862 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10864 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10865 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10866 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10867 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10868 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: vals
)
10870 struct value
*v
= iter
.get ();
10872 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
10874 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
10875 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10876 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10877 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10878 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10879 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10883 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10884 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10885 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
10887 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10888 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10889 middle of some value chain. */
10891 || (vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10892 && vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
10894 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
10898 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
10899 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
10900 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
10902 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
10906 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
10910 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
10911 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
10912 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10913 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
10914 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10917 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10918 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10919 return found_memory_cnt
;
10923 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
10925 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10928 /* Options for the watch, awatch, and rwatch commands. */
10930 struct watch_options
10932 /* For -location. */
10933 bool location
= false;
10936 /* Definitions of options for the "watch", "awatch", and "rwatch" commands.
10938 Historically GDB always accepted both '-location' and '-l' flags for
10939 these commands (both flags being synonyms). When converting to the
10940 newer option scheme only '-location' is added here. That's fine (for
10941 backward compatibility) as any non-ambiguous prefix of a flag will be
10942 accepted, so '-l', '-loc', are now all accepted.
10944 What this means is that, if in the future, we add any new flag here
10945 that starts with '-l' then this will break backward compatibility, so
10946 please, don't do that! */
10948 static const gdb::option::option_def watch_option_defs
[] = {
10949 gdb::option::flag_option_def
<watch_options
> {
10951 [] (watch_options
*opt
) { return &opt
->location
; },
10953 This evaluates EXPRESSION and watches the memory to which is refers.\n\
10954 -l can be used as a short form of -location."),
10958 /* Returns the option group used by 'watch', 'awatch', and 'rwatch'
10961 static gdb::option::option_def_group
10962 make_watch_options_def_group (watch_options
*opts
)
10964 return {{watch_option_defs
}, opts
};
10967 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10968 calls watch_command_1. */
10971 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
10973 watch_options opts
;
10974 auto grp
= make_watch_options_def_group (&opts
);
10975 gdb::option::process_options
10976 (&arg
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND
, grp
);
10977 if (arg
!= nullptr && *arg
== '\0')
10980 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, opts
.location
, false);
10983 /* Command completion for 'watch', 'awatch', and 'rwatch' commands. */
10985 watch_command_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*ignore
,
10986 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
10987 const char *text
, const char * /*word*/)
10989 const auto group
= make_watch_options_def_group (nullptr);
10990 if (gdb::option::complete_options
10991 (tracker
, &text
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND
, group
))
10994 const char *word
= advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker
, text
);
10995 expression_completer (ignore
, tracker
, text
, word
);
10999 watch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11001 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11005 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
11007 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11011 rwatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11013 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11017 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
11019 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11023 awatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11025 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11029 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11030 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11033 struct until_break_fsm
: public thread_fsm
11035 /* The thread that was current when the command was executed. */
11038 /* The breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame,
11039 plus breakpoints at all the destination locations. */
11040 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> breakpoints
;
11042 until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
11043 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> &&breakpoints
)
11044 : thread_fsm (cmd_interp
),
11046 breakpoints (std::move (breakpoints
))
11050 void clean_up (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
11051 bool should_stop (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
11052 enum async_reply_reason
do_async_reply_reason () override
;
11055 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11056 until(location)/advance commands. */
11059 until_break_fsm::should_stop (struct thread_info
*tp
)
11061 for (const breakpoint_up
&bp
: breakpoints
)
11062 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11063 bp
.get ()) != NULL
)
11072 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11073 until(location)/advance commands. */
11076 until_break_fsm::clean_up (struct thread_info
*)
11078 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11079 breakpoints
.clear ();
11080 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (thread
);
11083 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11084 until(location)/advance commands. */
11086 enum async_reply_reason
11087 until_break_fsm::do_async_reply_reason ()
11089 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11093 until_break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11095 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11096 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11097 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11098 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11100 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11102 clear_proceed_status (0);
11104 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11107 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11109 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
11110 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11111 ? decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11112 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11113 get_last_displayed_line ())
11114 : decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11118 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11121 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11123 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11124 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11126 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11127 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11128 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11131 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11132 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11133 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11134 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11136 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11139 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> breakpoints
;
11141 gdb::optional
<delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
> lj_deleter
;
11143 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11145 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11146 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11148 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11149 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11150 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11152 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
11153 = set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
, sal2
,
11154 caller_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11155 breakpoints
.emplace_back (std::move (caller_breakpoint
));
11157 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11158 lj_deleter
.emplace (thread
);
11161 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11164 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location, we
11165 don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. Otherwise,
11166 specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only at the
11167 very same frame. */
11168 frame_id stop_frame_id
= anywhere
? null_frame_id
: stack_frame_id
;
11170 for (symtab_and_line
&sal
: sals
)
11172 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11174 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
11175 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11176 stop_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11177 breakpoints
.emplace_back (std::move (location_breakpoint
));
11180 tp
->thread_fsm
= new until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11181 std::move (breakpoints
));
11184 lj_deleter
->release ();
11186 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11189 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11190 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11192 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11193 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11194 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11195 if clause in the arg string. */
11198 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11200 const char *cond_string
;
11202 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11205 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11208 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11209 condition string. */
11210 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11211 cond_string
= *arg
;
11213 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11215 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11217 return cond_string
;
11220 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11221 process start/exit, etc. */
11225 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11226 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11231 catch_fork_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11232 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11234 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11235 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11236 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11238 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11239 bool temp
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11240 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11244 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11246 /* The allowed syntax is:
11248 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11250 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11251 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11253 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11254 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11256 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11257 and enable reporting of such events. */
11260 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11261 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11262 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, temp
, cond_string
,
11263 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11265 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11266 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11267 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, temp
, cond_string
,
11268 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11271 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11277 catch_exec_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11278 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11280 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11281 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11282 bool temp
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11286 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11288 /* The allowed syntax is:
11290 catch exec if <cond>
11292 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11293 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11295 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11296 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11298 std::unique_ptr
<exec_catchpoint
> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11299 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, temp
, cond_string
,
11300 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11301 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11303 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
11307 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11308 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11309 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11310 const char *addr_string
,
11311 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11318 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11320 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11322 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11323 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11324 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11325 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11326 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11327 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11328 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11329 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11330 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11331 enough for now, though. */
11334 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
11336 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11337 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11338 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11339 language_def (language_ada
));
11340 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11345 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
11348 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11350 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) a
;
11351 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) b
;
11353 if (a
->number
< b
->number
)
11355 else if (a
->number
> b
->number
)
11358 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11362 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11365 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11368 clear_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11372 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
11373 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
11374 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
11378 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11379 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11380 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11382 sals
= decoded_sals
;
11386 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11387 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11388 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11389 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
11390 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
11391 error (_("No source file specified."));
11397 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11398 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11399 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11400 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11402 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11403 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11404 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11405 due to optimization, all in one block.
11407 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11408 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11409 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11410 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11411 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11412 to support that. */
11414 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11415 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11416 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11419 std::vector
<struct breakpoint
*> found
;
11420 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
11422 const char *sal_fullname
;
11424 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11425 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11426 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11429 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11434 1 0 <can't happen> */
11436 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11437 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11439 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11440 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
11443 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11444 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11446 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
11448 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11449 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11450 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11452 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11453 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11454 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11455 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11456 int line_match
= 0;
11458 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11459 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11460 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11461 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11462 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11463 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11464 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11467 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11476 found
.push_back (b
);
11480 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11481 if (found
.empty ())
11484 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11486 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11489 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11490 std::sort (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11491 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11493 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) < 0;
11495 found
.erase (std::unique (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11496 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11498 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) == 0;
11502 if (found
.size () > 1)
11503 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11506 if (found
.size () == 1)
11507 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11509 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11512 for (breakpoint
*iter
: found
)
11515 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", iter
->number
);
11516 delete_breakpoint (iter
);
11519 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11522 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11523 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11524 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11527 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11529 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11530 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11531 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11533 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11535 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
11536 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11537 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11540 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11541 std::sort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11542 bl_address_is_meaningful says), secondarily by ordering first
11543 permanent elements and terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted
11544 stable way despite std::sort being an unstable algorithm. */
11547 bp_location_is_less_than (const bp_location
*a
, const bp_location
*b
)
11549 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11550 return a
->address
< b
->address
;
11552 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11553 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11556 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11557 return a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
;
11559 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11560 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11561 return a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
;
11563 /* Sort by type in order to make duplicate determination easier.
11564 See update_global_location_list. This is kept in sync with
11565 breakpoint_locations_match. */
11566 if (a
->loc_type
< b
->loc_type
)
11569 /* Likewise, for range-breakpoints, sort by length. */
11570 if (a
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
11571 && b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
11572 && a
->length
< b
->length
)
11575 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11576 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11577 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11579 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11580 return a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
;
11585 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11586 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11587 content of the bp_locations array. */
11590 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11592 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11593 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11595 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
11597 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11599 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11602 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11603 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11605 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11606 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11607 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11608 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11610 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11612 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11613 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11614 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11615 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11619 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11622 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11624 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
11626 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
11628 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_tracepoints ())
11630 struct tracepoint
*t
;
11631 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
11633 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
11634 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11635 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
11638 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
11640 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11641 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
11643 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
11646 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
11649 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
11651 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11652 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11653 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11654 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
11657 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
11659 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
11662 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
11664 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11665 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
11666 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
11667 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
11671 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11674 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
11676 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
11677 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
11678 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
11679 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
11681 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11682 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
11683 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
11684 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
11685 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
11687 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
11688 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
11689 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
11690 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
11691 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
11692 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
11693 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
11694 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
11697 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11698 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11699 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11703 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11705 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
11708 address
= bl
->address
;
11709 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
11711 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11712 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11713 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11715 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11716 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11719 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11720 the same program space as the location
11721 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11722 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11723 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (address
))
11725 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
11726 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
11729 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11730 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11731 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11732 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11733 that have already been marked. */
11734 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
11736 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11738 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
11742 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11743 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11744 locations are duplicate of which.
11746 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11747 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11751 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11753 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11754 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
11755 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11756 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
11758 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11759 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11760 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11761 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11762 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11764 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
11765 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
11766 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
11767 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
11769 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11770 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11771 std::vector
<bp_location
*> old_locations
= std::move (bp_locations
);
11772 bp_locations
.clear ();
11774 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
11775 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
11776 bp_locations
.push_back (loc
);
11778 /* See if we need to "upgrade" a software breakpoint to a hardware
11779 breakpoint. Do this before deciding whether locations are
11780 duplicates. Also do this before sorting because sorting order
11781 depends on location type. */
11782 for (bp_location
*loc
: bp_locations
)
11783 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
11784 handle_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (loc
);
11786 std::sort (bp_locations
.begin (), bp_locations
.end (),
11787 bp_location_is_less_than
);
11789 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11791 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11792 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11793 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11794 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11795 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11798 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11799 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11802 for (bp_location
*old_loc
: old_locations
)
11804 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11805 not, we have to free it. */
11806 int found_object
= 0;
11807 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11808 int keep_in_target
= 0;
11811 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11812 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11813 while (loc_i
< bp_locations
.size ()
11814 && bp_locations
[loc_i
]->address
< old_loc
->address
)
11817 for (size_t loc2_i
= loc_i
;
11818 (loc2_i
< bp_locations
.size ()
11819 && bp_locations
[loc2_i
]->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11822 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11823 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11824 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11826 if (bp_locations
[loc2_i
]->condition_changed
== condition_modified
11827 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
11828 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
11830 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (bp_locations
[loc2_i
]);
11831 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
11834 if (bp_locations
[loc2_i
] == old_loc
)
11838 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11839 have to go through updates again. */
11840 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
11842 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11844 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
11846 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11847 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11848 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11849 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11850 at certain location is not inserted. */
11852 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
11854 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11857 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
11859 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11860 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11861 keep_in_target
= 1;
11865 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11866 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11867 remove its target-side condition. */
11869 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11870 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11871 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11872 this one from the target. */
11874 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11875 if (bl_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
))
11877 for (size_t loc2_i
= loc_i
;
11878 (loc2_i
< bp_locations
.size ()
11879 && bp_locations
[loc2_i
]->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11882 bp_location
*loc2
= bp_locations
[loc2_i
];
11884 if (loc2
== old_loc
)
11887 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
11889 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11890 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11891 supported, but the latter are. */
11892 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
11894 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
11895 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
11898 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11899 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11901 if (unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
11903 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
11904 keep_in_target
= 1;
11912 if (!keep_in_target
)
11914 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
11916 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11917 this location on the global list, and try to
11918 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11919 reason why we will succeed next time.
11921 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11922 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11923 only after calling us. */
11924 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11925 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11926 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
11934 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
11935 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
11937 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11938 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11939 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11940 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11941 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11942 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11943 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11944 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11945 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11946 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11947 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11948 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11949 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11950 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11953 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11954 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11956 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11957 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
11958 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
11959 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
11960 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
11961 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
11962 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
11963 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
11964 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
11965 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
11966 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
11967 targets that do not support new thread events, like
11968 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
11971 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
11972 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
11973 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
11974 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
11976 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
11977 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
11978 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
11979 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
11980 traps we can no longer explain. */
11982 process_stratum_target
*proc_target
= nullptr;
11983 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
11984 if (inf
->pspace
== old_loc
->pspace
)
11986 proc_target
= inf
->process_target ();
11989 if (proc_target
!= nullptr)
11990 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
11991 = 3 * (thread_count (proc_target
) + 1);
11993 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 1;
11994 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11996 moribund_locations
.push_back (old_loc
);
12000 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12001 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12006 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12007 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12008 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12009 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12010 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12011 are sorted first for the same address.
12013 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12014 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12016 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12017 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12018 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12019 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12021 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
12023 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12025 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12026 breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
12028 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12029 || !bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
)
12030 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12031 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12032 `struct bp_location'. */
12033 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12035 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12036 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12040 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12041 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12042 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12043 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12044 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12045 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12047 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12049 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12050 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12051 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12053 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12054 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12056 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12058 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12059 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12060 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12066 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12067 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12068 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12070 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12071 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12073 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12074 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12077 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12079 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12080 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12083 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12084 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12085 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12086 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12087 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12089 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12093 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12094 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12098 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12100 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< moribund_locations
.size (); ++ix
)
12102 struct bp_location
*loc
= moribund_locations
[ix
];
12103 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12105 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12106 unordered_remove (moribund_locations
, ix
);
12113 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12118 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12120 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
12125 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12128 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12132 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12133 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12135 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12136 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12137 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12141 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12143 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12145 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12147 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12151 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12155 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12157 struct value_print_options opts
;
12159 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12161 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12163 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12165 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12166 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12167 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12168 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12170 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12171 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12173 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12175 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12176 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12181 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12182 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12188 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12189 printf_filtered (" at %ps",
12190 styled_string (address_style
.style (),
12191 paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
,
12192 b
->loc
->address
)));
12193 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12195 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12197 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12199 const char *filename
12200 = symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
);
12201 printf_filtered (": file %ps, line %d.",
12202 styled_string (file_name_style
.style (),
12204 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12207 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12208 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12209 real situation somewhat. */
12210 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12211 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12216 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12218 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12220 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12225 bp_location::~bp_location ()
12227 xfree (function_name
);
12230 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12232 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12234 xfree (this->cond_string
);
12235 xfree (this->extra_string
);
12238 /* See breakpoint.h. */
12240 bp_locations_range
breakpoint::locations ()
12242 return bp_locations_range (this->loc
);
12245 static struct bp_location
*
12246 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12248 return new bp_location (self
);
12252 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12254 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12257 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12258 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12261 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12263 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12267 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12268 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12270 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12274 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12275 const address_space
*aspace
,
12277 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12279 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12283 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12288 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12292 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12294 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12297 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12301 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12303 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12306 static enum print_stop_action
12307 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12309 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12313 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12314 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12320 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12322 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12326 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12328 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12332 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12333 (struct event_location
*location
,
12334 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12335 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12337 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12341 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12342 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12343 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12344 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12345 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12346 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12348 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12349 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12350 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12351 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12353 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12356 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12357 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12358 struct event_location
*location
,
12359 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12361 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12364 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12367 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12372 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12375 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12377 /* Nothing to do. */
12380 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12382 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12383 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12384 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12385 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12386 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12387 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12388 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12389 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12390 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12392 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12393 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12394 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12395 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12396 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12397 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12398 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12399 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12402 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12405 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12407 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12408 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
12410 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12411 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12415 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12419 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12421 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
12423 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
12424 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
12426 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12427 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12429 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12433 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12435 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12436 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12438 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
12442 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12443 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12444 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12446 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12447 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12450 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12454 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12455 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12456 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12463 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12464 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12465 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12467 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12468 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12470 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12471 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12472 be set at the same address. */
12476 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12480 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12482 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12487 static enum print_stop_action
12488 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12490 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12491 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12493 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12495 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12497 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
12498 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12500 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12501 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12502 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12505 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12506 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
12508 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12510 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
12511 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12512 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12515 uiout
->message ("Temporary breakpoint %pF, ",
12516 signed_field ("bkptno", b
->number
));
12518 uiout
->message ("Breakpoint %pF, ",
12519 signed_field ("bkptno", b
->number
));
12521 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12525 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12527 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12532 case bp_breakpoint
:
12533 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12534 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12535 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12537 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12538 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12539 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12540 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12542 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12543 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12546 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12554 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12556 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12557 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12558 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12559 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12560 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12561 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12562 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12563 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12564 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12566 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12567 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12569 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12570 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
12572 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12573 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12574 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12575 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
12577 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12581 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
12582 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12583 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12585 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12589 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12590 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12591 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12592 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12593 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12594 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12596 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12597 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12598 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12599 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12601 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12602 std::move (cond_string
),
12603 std::move (extra_string
),
12605 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12606 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12607 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12610 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12611 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12612 struct event_location
*location
,
12613 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12615 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12618 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12621 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12625 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12626 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12627 case bp_overlay_event
:
12628 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12629 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12630 case bp_exception_master
:
12631 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12634 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12635 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12636 case bp_shlib_event
:
12638 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12639 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12640 case bp_thread_event
:
12646 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12648 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
12650 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12651 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12652 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12653 objects (among other things). */
12654 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12655 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12661 static enum print_stop_action
12662 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12664 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12666 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12670 case bp_shlib_event
:
12671 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12672 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12673 to shlib event" message.) */
12674 print_solib_event (0);
12677 case bp_thread_event
:
12678 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12679 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12680 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12683 case bp_overlay_event
:
12684 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12685 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12688 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12689 /* These should never be enabled. */
12690 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12693 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12694 /* These should never be enabled. */
12695 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12696 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12699 case bp_exception_master
:
12700 /* These should never be enabled. */
12701 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12702 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12706 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
12710 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12712 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12715 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12718 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12720 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12721 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12722 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12723 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12727 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12729 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12732 static enum print_stop_action
12733 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12735 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
12739 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12741 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12744 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12746 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12747 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12749 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12751 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
12754 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
12757 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12760 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12762 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
12766 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12768 bl
->probe
.prob
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12775 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12776 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12778 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12779 bl
->probe
.prob
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12781 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
12785 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
12786 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12787 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12789 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12791 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
12793 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12794 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12797 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12798 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12799 struct event_location
*location
,
12800 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12802 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
12804 error (_("probe not found"));
12808 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12811 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12813 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12817 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12818 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12819 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12821 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12827 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12828 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12830 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12831 if (!tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
12833 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
12835 uiout
->message ("\tmarker id is %pF\n",
12836 string_field ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12837 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ()));
12842 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12844 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12849 case bp_tracepoint
:
12850 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12851 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12853 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
12854 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12855 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12857 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
12858 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12859 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12862 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12863 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
12870 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12872 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12874 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12875 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
12876 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12877 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
12878 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12879 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
12881 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12882 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
12884 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12885 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
12886 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
12888 if (tp
->pass_count
)
12889 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
12893 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
12894 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12895 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12897 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12901 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12902 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12903 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12904 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12905 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12906 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12908 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12909 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12910 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12911 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12913 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12914 std::move (cond_string
),
12915 std::move (extra_string
),
12917 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12918 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12919 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12922 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12923 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12924 struct event_location
*location
,
12925 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12927 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12930 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
12932 /* Virtual table for tracepoints on static probes. */
12935 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
12936 (struct event_location
*location
,
12937 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12938 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12940 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12941 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12944 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12945 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12946 struct event_location
*location
,
12947 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12949 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12950 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12953 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
12956 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12958 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12960 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
12961 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
12963 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
12964 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
12965 3 - disconnect from target 1
12966 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
12968 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
12969 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
12970 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
12971 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
12972 it all the time. */
12973 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12974 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
12977 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
12980 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12982 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
12983 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
12985 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12988 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
12991 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
12992 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
12993 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
12994 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
12995 address are all handled. */
12998 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13000 struct bpstats tmp_bs
;
13001 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13003 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13004 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13005 condition not be evaluated. */
13008 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13009 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13010 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13011 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13012 commands here throws. */
13013 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13014 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13016 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13018 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13019 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13023 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13027 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
13028 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13029 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13031 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13032 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13034 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13035 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13037 std::string
str (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13038 const char *ptr
= str
.c_str ();
13039 canonical
->location
13040 = new_linespec_location (&ptr
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
13043 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13044 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
13048 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13049 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13050 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13051 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13052 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13053 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13055 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13056 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13057 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13058 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13060 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
13062 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13063 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13064 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13065 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13066 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13067 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13069 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
13071 event_location_up location
13072 = copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
13074 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp (new tracepoint ());
13075 init_breakpoint_sal (tp
.get (), gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
[i
],
13076 std::move (location
), NULL
,
13077 std::move (cond_string
),
13078 std::move (extra_string
),
13079 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13080 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13081 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13082 canonical
->special_display
);
13083 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13084 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13085 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13086 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13087 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13088 corresponds to this one */
13089 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13091 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
13095 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13096 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13097 struct event_location
*location
,
13098 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13100 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13101 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13103 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13104 if (sals
.size () > tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13106 sals
[0] = sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13111 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13114 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13117 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13119 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13122 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13126 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13128 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13130 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13131 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13134 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13135 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13136 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13137 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13138 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13141 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13142 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13143 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13144 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13146 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13149 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13150 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13151 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13153 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13154 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13156 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13157 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13158 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13159 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13163 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13165 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13166 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13167 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13168 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13169 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13172 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13173 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13174 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13175 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13177 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted
.notify (bpt
);
13179 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13180 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13182 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
13183 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13185 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13189 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13191 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13192 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13193 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13194 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13195 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13196 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13197 commands won't work. */
13199 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13201 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13202 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13203 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13204 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13205 might be better design to have location completely
13206 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13207 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13209 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13210 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13211 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13215 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13216 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13219 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13220 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13222 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13227 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13229 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13230 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13232 if (next
== related
)
13234 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13235 function (related
);
13237 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13238 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13243 function (related
);
13247 while (related
!= b
);
13251 delete_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13257 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13259 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13260 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13261 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13262 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
13263 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13265 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13269 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13271 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13272 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
13273 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13274 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13277 map_breakpoint_numbers
13278 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
13280 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
13284 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13285 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13289 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13291 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
13292 if ((pspace
== NULL
13293 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13294 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13295 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13300 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13301 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13302 Null names are ignored. */
13305 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13307 struct bp_location
*l
;
13308 htab_up
htab (htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
, htab_eq_string
, NULL
,
13311 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13314 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13316 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13320 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
.get (), (const void *) name
,
13322 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13332 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13333 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13334 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13335 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13336 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13337 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13338 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13339 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13342 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13343 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13344 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13345 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13346 in the sources, and output a warning.
13348 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13349 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13350 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13351 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13352 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13355 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13356 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13357 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13358 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13359 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13360 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13361 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13362 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13363 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13365 static struct symtab_and_line
13366 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13368 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13369 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13374 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13376 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13378 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= marker
.str_id
)
13379 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13380 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str (),
13381 marker
.str_id
.c_str ());
13383 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
13388 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13390 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13392 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13393 && !tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
13395 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
13396 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
13397 (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13399 if (!markers
.empty ())
13401 struct symbol
*sym
;
13402 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13403 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13404 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
13406 tpmarker
= &markers
[0];
13408 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13410 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13411 "found at previous line number"),
13412 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13414 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13415 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13416 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
13419 uiout
->field_string ("func", sym
->print_name (),
13420 function_name_style
.style ());
13421 uiout
->text (" at ");
13423 uiout
->field_string ("file",
13424 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
13425 file_name_style
.style ());
13428 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13430 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13432 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
13435 uiout
->field_signed ("line", sal2
.line
);
13436 uiout
->text ("\n");
13438 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13439 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13441 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
13442 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13443 explicit_loc
.source_filename
13444 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13445 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
13446 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
13447 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13449 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13456 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13457 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13460 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13464 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13467 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13470 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13473 if (a
->disabled_by_cond
!= b
->disabled_by_cond
)
13480 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13486 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13487 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13488 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13490 static struct bp_location
*
13491 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13493 struct bp_location head
;
13494 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
13495 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
13496 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
13498 if (pspace
== NULL
)
13509 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
13524 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13525 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13526 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13527 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13531 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13532 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
13533 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
13534 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
13536 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
13538 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
13540 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13542 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13543 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13544 "multiple locations found\n"),
13549 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13550 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13551 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13552 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13553 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13554 individual locations. */
13555 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
13558 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
13560 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
13562 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13564 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
13566 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
13568 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13570 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13574 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13577 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
13578 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
13581 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13583 new_loc
->disabled_by_cond
= true;
13587 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
13589 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
13591 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13595 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13598 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13599 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13600 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13601 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13602 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13603 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13604 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13606 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13608 if ((!e
->enabled
|| e
->disabled_by_cond
) && e
->function_name
)
13610 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13612 for (bp_location
*l
: b
->locations ())
13614 /* Ignore software vs hardware location type at
13615 this point, because with "set breakpoint
13616 auto-hw", after a re-set, locations that were
13617 hardware can end up as software, or vice versa.
13618 As mentioned above, this is an heuristic and in
13619 practice should give the correct answer often
13621 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
, true))
13623 l
->enabled
= e
->enabled
;
13624 l
->disabled_by_cond
= e
->disabled_by_cond
;
13631 for (bp_location
*l
: b
->locations ())
13632 if (l
->function_name
13633 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
13635 l
->enabled
= e
->enabled
;
13636 l
->disabled_by_cond
= e
->disabled_by_cond
;
13644 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13645 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13648 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13649 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13651 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13652 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
13653 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
13655 struct gdb_exception exception
;
13657 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
13659 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
13663 sals
= b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13665 catch (gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13667 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
13669 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13670 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13671 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13672 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13673 state, then user already saw the message about that
13674 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13676 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13677 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
13679 && search_pspace
!= NULL
13680 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
13681 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
13682 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13683 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
13684 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
13686 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
13688 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13689 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13690 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13691 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13692 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13693 which approach is better. */
13694 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13698 exception
= std::move (e
);
13701 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
13703 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
13704 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
13705 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13707 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
13710 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (sals
, b
->extra_string
,
13711 &cond_string
, &thread
,
13712 &task
, &extra_string
);
13713 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
13715 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
13716 b
->thread
= thread
;
13720 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
13721 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
13723 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
13726 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
13727 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
[0]);
13737 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13738 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13742 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13744 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
13745 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
13748 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (),
13749 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13751 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
13753 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
13755 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
13756 = location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
13757 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13759 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
13762 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
13765 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13766 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13769 create_sals_from_location_default (struct event_location
*location
,
13770 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13771 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13773 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
13776 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13777 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13781 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13782 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13783 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13784 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13785 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13786 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13788 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13789 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13790 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13791 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13793 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13794 std::move (cond_string
),
13795 std::move (extra_string
),
13796 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13797 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13798 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13801 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13802 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13804 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13805 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13806 struct event_location
*location
,
13807 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13809 struct linespec_result canonical
;
13811 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
13812 NULL
, 0, &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
13815 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13816 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
13818 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
13820 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
13821 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
13826 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13829 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint
*b
)
13831 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
13832 set_language (b
->language
);
13834 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
13837 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
13838 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
13841 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13844 scoped_restore_current_language save_language
;
13845 scoped_restore save_input_radix
= make_scoped_restore (&input_radix
);
13846 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
13848 /* breakpoint_re_set_one sets the current_language to the language
13849 of the breakpoint it is resetting (see prepare_re_set_context)
13850 before re-evaluating the breakpoint's location. This change can
13851 unfortunately get undone by accident if the language_mode is set
13852 to auto, and we either switch frames, or more likely in this context,
13853 we select the current frame.
13855 We prevent this by temporarily turning the language_mode to
13856 language_mode_manual. We restore it once all breakpoints
13857 have been reset. */
13858 scoped_restore save_language_mode
= make_scoped_restore (&language_mode
);
13859 language_mode
= language_mode_manual
;
13861 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13862 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13863 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13864 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13866 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
13870 breakpoint_re_set_one (b
);
13872 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
13874 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
13875 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13880 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13883 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13884 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13885 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13886 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13888 /* Now we can insert. */
13889 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13892 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13894 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13895 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13897 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13899 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
13901 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
13903 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13904 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13905 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13907 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
13911 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13912 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13913 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13916 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
13921 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
13922 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
13924 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
13926 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
13927 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13932 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
13936 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13937 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13939 else if (count
== 1)
13940 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13943 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13944 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13947 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13951 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
13954 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13957 ignore_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13959 const char *p
= args
;
13963 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13965 num
= get_number (&p
);
13967 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
13969 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13971 set_ignore_count (num
,
13972 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
13975 printf_filtered ("\n");
13979 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
13980 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
13983 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
,
13984 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13986 if (bp_num_range
.first
== 0)
13988 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
13989 bp_num_range
.first
);
13993 for (int i
= bp_num_range
.first
; i
<= bp_num_range
.second
; i
++)
13995 bool match
= false;
13997 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
13998 if (b
->number
== i
)
14005 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i
);
14010 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
14014 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
14015 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
14017 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14018 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14020 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14022 while (!parser
.finished ())
14024 int num
= parser
.get_number ();
14025 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num
, num
), function
);
14029 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
14030 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
14032 static struct bp_location
*
14033 find_location_by_number (int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
14035 breakpoint
*b
= get_breakpoint (bp_num
);
14037 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14038 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num
);
14041 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
14044 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
14045 if (++n
== loc_num
)
14048 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
14051 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
14052 enum class extract_bp_kind
14054 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
14057 /* Extracting a location number. */
14061 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
14062 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
14063 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
14064 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
14065 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
14068 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind
, const char *start
,
14069 int trailer
, const char **end_out
= NULL
)
14071 const char *end
= start
;
14072 int num
= get_number_trailer (&end
, trailer
);
14074 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14075 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14076 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14077 int (end
- start
), start
);
14079 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14080 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14081 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14082 int (end
- start
), start
);
14084 if (end_out
!= NULL
)
14089 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
14090 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
14091 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
14092 are always positive integers. */
14094 static std::pair
<int, int>
14095 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind
,
14096 const std::string
&arg
,
14097 std::string::size_type arg_offset
)
14099 std::pair
<int, int> range
;
14100 const char *bp_loc
= &arg
[arg_offset
];
14101 std::string::size_type dash
= arg
.find ('-', arg_offset
);
14102 if (dash
!= std::string::npos
)
14104 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
14105 if (arg
.length () == dash
+ 1)
14106 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14107 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
14108 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
14112 const char *start_first
= bp_loc
;
14113 const char *start_second
= &arg
[dash
+ 1];
14114 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_first
, '-');
14115 range
.second
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_second
, '\0', &end
);
14117 if (range
.first
> range
.second
)
14118 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14119 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
14120 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
14121 int (end
- start_first
), start_first
);
14125 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
14126 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, bp_loc
, '\0');
14127 range
.second
= range
.first
;
14132 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
14133 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
14136 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
14138 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
14139 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
14140 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
14141 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
14142 location number range.
14146 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string
&arg
,
14147 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_num_range
,
14148 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
)
14150 std::string::size_type dot
= arg
.find ('.');
14152 if (dot
!= std::string::npos
)
14154 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
14156 if (arg
.length () == dot
+ 1 || dot
== 0)
14157 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg
.c_str ());
14160 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
.c_str (), '.');
14161 bp_num_range
.second
= bp_num_range
.first
;
14163 bp_loc_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc
,
14168 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
14170 bp_num_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
, 0);
14171 bp_loc_range
.first
= 0;
14172 bp_loc_range
.second
= 0;
14176 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
14177 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
14180 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num
, int loc_num
, bool enable
)
14182 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (bp_num
, loc_num
);
14185 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& enable
)
14186 error (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is invalid at location %d, "
14187 "cannot enable."), bp_num
, loc_num
);
14189 if (loc
->enabled
!= enable
)
14191 loc
->enabled
= enable
;
14192 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14194 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14195 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14196 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14197 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14199 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14201 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (loc
->owner
);
14204 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
14205 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
14206 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
14207 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
14211 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num
,
14212 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
,
14215 for (int i
= bp_loc_range
.first
; i
<= bp_loc_range
.second
; i
++)
14216 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num
, i
, enable
);
14219 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14220 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14221 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14224 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14226 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14227 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14228 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14229 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14232 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14234 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14235 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14237 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14238 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14240 for (bp_location
*location
: bpt
->locations ())
14241 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14244 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14246 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14249 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
14250 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
14251 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
14252 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
14255 enable_disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
, bool enable
)
14259 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
14260 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14263 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14265 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14270 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14272 while (!num
.empty ())
14274 std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
;
14276 extract_bp_number_and_location (num
, bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
);
14278 if (bp_loc_range
.first
== bp_loc_range
.second
14279 && bp_loc_range
.first
== 0)
14281 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
14282 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range
,
14284 ? enable_breakpoint
14285 : disable_breakpoint
);
14289 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
14291 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
14292 (bp_num_range
.first
, bp_loc_range
, enable
);
14294 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14299 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
14300 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
14301 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
14302 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14305 disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14307 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, false);
14311 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14314 int target_resources_ok
;
14316 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14319 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14320 target_resources_ok
=
14321 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14323 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14324 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14325 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14326 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14329 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14331 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14332 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14336 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14338 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14339 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14340 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14342 catch (const gdb_exception
&e
)
14344 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14345 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14351 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14353 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14354 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14356 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14357 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14359 for (bp_location
*location
: bpt
->locations ())
14360 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14363 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14364 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14365 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14367 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14372 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14374 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14377 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
14378 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
14379 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
14380 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14383 enable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14385 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, true);
14389 enable_once_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14391 map_breakpoint_numbers
14392 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14394 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14395 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14397 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, 1);
14403 enable_count_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14408 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14410 count
= get_number (&args
);
14412 map_breakpoint_numbers
14413 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14415 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14416 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14418 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, count
);
14424 enable_delete_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14426 map_breakpoint_numbers
14427 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14429 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14430 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14432 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_del
, 1);
14437 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14438 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14442 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14443 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14444 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14446 for (breakpoint
*bp
: all_breakpoints ())
14447 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14448 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14450 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14452 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
!= nullptr)
14454 for (bp_location
*loc
: bp
->locations ())
14455 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14456 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14457 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14460 wp
->val_valid
= false;
14466 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14469 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14470 const address_space
*aspace
,
14473 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14474 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14475 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14477 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14479 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14480 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
14483 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14485 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14486 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14487 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14489 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14492 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14495 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
14497 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
14498 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
14500 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
14502 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
14504 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
14505 const address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
14507 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
14508 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
14516 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14519 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14520 const address_space
*aspace
,
14523 for (bp_location
*loc
: bp
->locations ())
14525 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14531 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14535 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
14538 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
14540 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14541 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14547 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14549 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14551 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14553 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14554 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14558 trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14560 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14562 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= breakpoint_ops_for_event_location
14563 (location
.get (), true /* is_tracepoint */);
14565 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14567 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
14569 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14570 0 /* Ignore count */,
14571 pending_break_support
,
14575 0 /* internal */, 0);
14579 ftrace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14581 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14583 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14585 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
14587 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14588 0 /* Ignore count */,
14589 pending_break_support
,
14590 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14593 0 /* internal */, 0);
14596 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14599 strace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14601 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14602 event_location_up location
;
14604 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14605 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14606 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
14608 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14609 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
14613 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14614 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
14617 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14619 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
14621 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14622 0 /* Ignore count */,
14623 pending_break_support
,
14627 0 /* internal */, 0);
14630 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14631 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14633 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
14634 static int next_cmd
;
14637 read_uploaded_action (void)
14639 char *rslt
= nullptr;
14641 if (next_cmd
< this_utp
->cmd_strings
.size ())
14643 rslt
= this_utp
->cmd_strings
[next_cmd
].get ();
14650 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14651 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14652 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14653 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14654 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14656 struct tracepoint
*
14657 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
14659 const char *addr_str
;
14660 char small_buf
[100];
14661 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14663 if (utp
->at_string
)
14664 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
.get ();
14667 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14668 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14669 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14671 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14672 "source location, using raw address"),
14674 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
14675 addr_str
= small_buf
;
14678 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14679 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
14680 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14681 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14684 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
14686 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14688 utp
->cond_string
.get (), -1, addr_str
,
14689 false /* force_condition */,
14690 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14692 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
14693 0 /* Ignore count */,
14694 pending_break_support
,
14695 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14697 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
14699 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
14702 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14703 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
14704 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
14708 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
14711 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
14714 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14715 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14716 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14718 if (!utp
->cmd_strings
.empty ())
14720 counted_command_line cmd_list
;
14725 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
);
14727 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
14729 else if (!utp
->actions
.empty ()
14730 || !utp
->step_actions
.empty ())
14731 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14732 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14735 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14736 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
14737 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
14742 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14746 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14748 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14751 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_tracepoint
);
14753 if (num_printed
== 0)
14755 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14756 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14758 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
14761 default_collect_info ();
14764 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14765 Not supported by all targets. */
14767 enable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14769 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14772 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14773 Not supported by all targets. */
14775 disable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14777 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14780 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14782 delete_trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14788 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14790 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14791 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14792 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14794 for (breakpoint
*tp
: all_tracepoints ())
14795 if (is_tracepoint (tp
) && user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14797 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14801 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14803 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14805 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
14806 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14807 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14811 map_breakpoint_numbers
14812 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
14814 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
14818 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14821 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14823 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
14824 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (tp
);
14826 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14827 tp
->number
, count
);
14830 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14832 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14833 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14834 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14837 trace_pass_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14839 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
14842 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
14843 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14844 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14846 count
= strtoulst (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14848 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
14849 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
14851 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14853 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14855 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_tracepoints ())
14857 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14858 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14861 else if (*args
== '\0')
14863 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
14865 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14869 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14870 while (!parser
.finished ())
14872 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
14874 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14879 struct tracepoint
*
14880 get_tracepoint (int num
)
14882 for (breakpoint
*t
: all_tracepoints ())
14883 if (t
->number
== num
)
14884 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14889 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14890 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14893 struct tracepoint
*
14894 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
14896 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_tracepoints ())
14898 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14900 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
14907 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14908 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14909 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14910 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14912 struct tracepoint
*
14913 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg
,
14914 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
14917 const char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
14919 if (parser
!= NULL
)
14921 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
14922 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
14924 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
14925 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
14927 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
14931 if (instring
&& *instring
)
14932 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
14935 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
14939 for (breakpoint
*t
: all_tracepoints ())
14940 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
14942 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14945 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
14950 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
14952 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14953 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
14956 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
14958 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
14961 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
14962 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
14963 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
14967 save_breakpoints (const char *filename
, int from_tty
,
14968 bool (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
14971 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
14973 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
14974 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
14976 /* See if we have anything to save. */
14977 for (breakpoint
*tp
: all_breakpoints ())
14979 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14980 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14983 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14984 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
14989 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
14991 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
14993 /* We can stop searching. */
15000 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15004 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
15008 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
15009 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15010 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
15012 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15013 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
15015 for (breakpoint
*tp
: all_breakpoints ())
15017 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15018 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15021 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15022 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15025 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
15027 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15028 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15031 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15032 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15034 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15035 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15037 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15039 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
15041 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
15044 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
.get (), 2);
15046 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
15048 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15052 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15053 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15056 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15057 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15059 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15060 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15061 special, and not user visible. */
15062 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15066 for (bp_location
*loc
: tp
->locations ())
15069 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15076 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15077 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15080 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
15083 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15086 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15088 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15091 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15094 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15096 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15100 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15101 locations used by several commands. */
15103 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15104 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15105 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15106 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15107 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15108 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15110 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15111 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15112 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15114 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15115 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15116 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15117 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15118 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
15120 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
15121 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
15122 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
15123 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
15124 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
15125 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead."
15127 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15128 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15129 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15132 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15133 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM]\n\
15134 \t[-force-condition] [if CONDITION]\n\
15135 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15136 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15137 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15138 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15139 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15142 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15143 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15145 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15146 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15148 With the \"-force-condition\" flag, the condition is defined even when\n\
15149 it is invalid for all current locations.\n\
15150 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\n\
15151 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15152 conditions are different.\n\
15154 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15156 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15157 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15159 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15160 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15163 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15164 cmd_const_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15165 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15166 void *user_data_catch
,
15167 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15169 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15171 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15173 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15174 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15175 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15177 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15179 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15180 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15181 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15184 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15185 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15188 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15190 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15191 non-inline function. */
15192 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15198 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15199 have been inlined. */
15202 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15203 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15205 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
15207 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15210 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
15212 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15213 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15221 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15224 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15226 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
15227 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15228 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15232 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15234 static int initialized
= 0;
15236 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15242 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15243 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15244 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15245 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15246 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15247 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15248 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15249 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15250 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15251 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15252 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15253 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15255 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15256 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15257 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15258 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15259 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15260 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15261 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15262 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15264 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15265 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15266 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15267 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15268 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15269 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15270 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15271 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15272 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15273 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15275 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15276 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15277 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15278 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15279 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15280 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15281 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15283 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15284 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15285 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15286 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15287 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15288 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15289 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15291 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15292 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15293 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15294 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15295 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15296 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15297 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15300 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15301 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15302 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15303 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15304 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15305 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15306 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15307 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15308 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15309 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15310 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15311 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15312 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15314 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15315 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15316 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15317 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15318 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15319 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15320 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15321 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15322 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15323 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15324 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15327 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15328 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15329 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15330 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15331 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15332 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15333 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15334 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15335 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15336 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15338 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15339 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15340 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15341 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15342 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15344 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15345 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15346 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15347 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15348 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15349 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15351 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15352 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15353 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15354 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15355 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15356 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15357 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15358 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15359 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15360 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15362 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15363 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15364 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15365 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15366 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15367 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15368 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15369 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15370 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15371 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15373 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15374 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15375 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15376 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15377 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15378 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15379 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15380 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15381 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15382 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15384 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15385 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15386 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15387 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15388 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15389 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15390 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15391 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15392 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15393 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15394 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15396 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15397 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15398 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15399 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15400 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15401 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15402 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15403 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15404 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15407 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15409 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15411 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15413 cmd_list_element
*commands_cmd_element
= nullptr;
15415 void _initialize_breakpoint ();
15417 _initialize_breakpoint ()
15419 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15421 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15423 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
,
15425 gdb::observers::free_objfile
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
,
15427 gdb::observers::memory_changed
.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
,
15430 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15431 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15432 before a breakpoint is set. */
15433 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15435 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15437 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15438 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15439 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15441 commands_cmd_element
= add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
,
15442 commands_command
, _("\
15443 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15444 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15445 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15447 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15448 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15449 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15450 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15451 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15453 const auto cc_opts
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (nullptr);
15454 static std::string condition_command_help
15455 = gdb::option::build_help (_("\
15456 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15457 Usage is `condition [OPTION] N COND', where N is an integer and COND\n\
15458 is an expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached.\n\
15461 %OPTIONS%"), cc_opts
);
15463 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
,
15464 condition_command_help
.c_str ());
15465 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, condition_completer
);
15467 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15468 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15469 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15470 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15471 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15473 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15474 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15476 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15477 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15478 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15479 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15481 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15482 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15484 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15485 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15486 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15487 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15489 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15490 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15492 cmd_list_element
*enable_cmd
15493 = add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15494 Enable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15495 Usage: enable [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15496 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15497 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15498 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15499 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15500 &enablelist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
15502 add_com_alias ("en", enable_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15504 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15505 Enable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15506 Usage: enable breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15507 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15508 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15509 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\"."),
15510 &enablebreaklist
, 1, &enablelist
);
15512 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15513 Enable some breakpoints for one hit.\n\
15514 Usage: enable breakpoints once BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15515 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15518 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15519 Enable some breakpoints and delete when hit.\n\
15520 Usage: enable breakpoints delete BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15521 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15524 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15525 Enable some breakpoints for COUNT hits.\n\
15526 Usage: enable breakpoints count COUNT BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15527 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15528 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15531 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15532 Enable some breakpoints and delete when hit.\n\
15533 Usage: enable delete BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15534 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15537 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15538 Enable some breakpoints for one hit.\n\
15539 Usage: enable once BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15540 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15543 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15544 Enable some breakpoints for COUNT hits.\n\
15545 Usage: enable count COUNT BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15546 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15547 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15550 cmd_list_element
*disable_cmd
15551 = add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15552 Disable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15553 Usage: disable [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15554 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15555 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15556 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15557 &disablelist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
15558 add_com_alias ("dis", disable_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15559 add_com_alias ("disa", disable_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15561 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15562 Disable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15563 Usage: disable breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15564 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15565 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15566 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15567 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15570 cmd_list_element
*delete_cmd
15571 = add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15572 Delete all or some breakpoints.\n\
15573 Usage: delete [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15574 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15575 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15577 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects."),
15578 &deletelist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
15579 add_com_alias ("d", delete_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15580 add_com_alias ("del", delete_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15582 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15583 Delete all or some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15584 Usage: delete breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15585 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15586 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15587 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15590 cmd_list_element
*clear_cmd
15591 = add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
15592 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15593 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15595 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15596 is executing in.\n"
15597 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
15598 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15599 add_com_alias ("cl", clear_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15601 cmd_list_element
*break_cmd
15602 = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
15603 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15604 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15605 set_cmd_completer (break_cmd
, location_completer
);
15607 add_com_alias ("b", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
15608 add_com_alias ("br", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
15609 add_com_alias ("bre", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
15610 add_com_alias ("brea", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
15614 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
15615 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15616 &stoplist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
15617 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
15618 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
15619 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
15620 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
15621 add_com ("status", class_info
, info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15622 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15623 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15624 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15625 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15626 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15627 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15628 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15629 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15631 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15632 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15633 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15634 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15635 breakpoint set."));
15638 cmd_list_element
*info_breakpoints_cmd
15639 = add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15640 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15641 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15642 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15643 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15644 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15645 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15646 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15647 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15649 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15650 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15651 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15652 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15653 breakpoint set."));
15655 add_info_alias ("b", info_breakpoints_cmd
, 1);
15657 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
15658 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15659 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15660 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15661 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15662 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15663 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15664 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15665 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15666 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15667 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15668 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15669 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15671 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15672 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15673 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15674 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15676 &maintenanceinfolist
);
15678 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, _("\
15679 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15681 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15683 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, _("\
15684 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15686 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15688 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15689 catch_fork_command_1
,
15691 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
15692 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
15693 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15694 catch_fork_command_1
,
15696 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
15697 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
15698 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15699 catch_exec_command_1
,
15703 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15704 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15705 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15706 catch_load_command_1
,
15710 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15711 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15712 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15713 catch_unload_command_1
,
15718 const auto opts
= make_watch_options_def_group (nullptr);
15720 static const std::string watch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
15721 Set a watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
15722 Usage: watch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15727 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15728 an expression changes."), opts
);
15729 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
,
15730 watch_help
.c_str ());
15731 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
15733 static const std::string rwatch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
15734 Set a read watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
15735 Usage: rwatch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15740 A read watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15741 an expression is read."), opts
);
15742 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
,
15743 rwatch_help
.c_str ());
15744 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
15746 static const std::string awatch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
15747 Set an access watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
15748 Usage: awatch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15753 An access watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value\n\
15754 of an expression is either read or written."), opts
);
15755 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
,
15756 awatch_help
.c_str ());
15757 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
15759 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
15760 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15762 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15763 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15764 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
15765 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
15766 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15767 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15768 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15769 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15770 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15773 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
15774 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15776 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
15778 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15780 cmd_list_element
*trace_cmd
15781 = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
15782 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15784 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15785 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15786 set_cmd_completer (trace_cmd
, location_completer
);
15788 add_com_alias ("tp", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 0);
15789 add_com_alias ("tr", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15790 add_com_alias ("tra", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15791 add_com_alias ("trac", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15793 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
15794 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15796 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15797 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15798 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15800 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
15801 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15803 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15804 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15805 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15806 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15807 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15808 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15809 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15810 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15811 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15813 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15814 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
15815 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15816 conditions are different.\n\
15818 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15819 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15820 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15822 cmd_list_element
*info_tracepoints_cmd
15823 = add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15824 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15825 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15826 last tracepoint set."));
15828 add_info_alias ("tp", info_tracepoints_cmd
, 1);
15830 cmd_list_element
*delete_tracepoints_cmd
15831 = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
15832 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15833 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15834 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15836 add_alias_cmd ("tr", delete_tracepoints_cmd
, class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
15838 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
15839 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15840 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15841 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15843 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
15845 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
15846 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15847 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15848 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15850 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
15852 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
15853 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15854 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15855 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15856 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15858 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
,
15859 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15861 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15863 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15864 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15865 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15866 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15867 session to restore them."),
15869 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15871 cmd_list_element
*save_tracepoints_cmd
15872 = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15873 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15874 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15876 set_cmd_completer (save_tracepoints_cmd
, filename_completer
);
15878 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", save_tracepoints_cmd
, class_trace
, 0);
15879 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
15881 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, _("\
15882 Breakpoint specific settings.\n\
15883 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15884 pending breakpoint behavior."),
15885 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15886 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
15887 add_show_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, _("\
15888 Breakpoint specific settings.\n\
15889 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15890 pending breakpoint behavior."),
15891 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
,
15892 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
15894 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
15895 &pending_break_support
, _("\
15896 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15897 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15898 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15899 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15900 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15901 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15903 show_pending_break_support
,
15904 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15905 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15907 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
15909 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
15910 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
15911 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15912 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15913 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15914 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15915 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15917 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
15918 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15919 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15921 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
15922 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
15923 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15924 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15925 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
15926 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
15927 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
15928 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
15929 when execution stops."),
15931 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
15932 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15933 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15935 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
15936 condition_evaluation_enums
,
15937 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
15938 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15939 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15940 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
15941 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
15942 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
15943 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
15944 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
15945 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
15946 be set to \"host\"."),
15947 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
15948 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
15949 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15950 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15952 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
15953 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
15954 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
15955 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
15956 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
15957 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
15958 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
15959 or the start of the range\n\
15960 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
15961 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
15962 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
15964 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
15965 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
15966 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
15968 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
15969 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
15970 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
15971 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
15972 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
15973 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15975 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
15976 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
15977 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15978 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15979 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
15980 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
15981 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
15982 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
15983 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
15984 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
15985 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15986 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15988 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
15989 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
15990 &dprintf_function
, _("\
15991 Set the function to use for dynamic printf."), _("\
15992 Show the function to use for dynamic printf."), NULL
,
15993 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15994 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15996 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
15997 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
15998 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
15999 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf."), _("\
16000 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf."), NULL
,
16001 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16002 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16004 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16005 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16006 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16007 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16008 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16009 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16012 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16014 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16015 Target agent only formatted printing, like the C \"printf\" function.\n\
16016 Usage: agent-printf \"format string\", ARG1, ARG2, ARG3, ..., ARGN\n\
16017 This supports most C printf format specifications, like %s, %d, etc.\n\
16018 This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16020 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= true;
16022 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed
.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
,
16024 gdb::observers::thread_exit
.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints
,